Innovative Systems 2014

Transcription

1 Innovative Systems 201 LED Lamps Replacement for low-voltage and mains voltage halogen incandescent lamps LED Constant-current Systems LED modules, constant-current drivers and connecting technology LED Modules for Direct Connections to Mains Voltage Downlights, DecoLEDs and LEDSpots 2 V LED Systems LED modules, converters, colour control units and connecting technology LiCS Indoor Lighting control systems for indoor applications LiCS Outdoor Lighting control systems for outdoor applications 09/201

2 Vossloh-Schwabe LIGHTING TECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS Vossloh-Schwabe Vossloh-Schwabe is not merely a provider of top-quality system solutions for the lighting industry, but above all makes a competent and innovative contribution to setting market trends in the field of LED lighting. Numerous VS project solutions implemented on the basis of entire LED systems are currently satisfying the high requirements placed on energyefficient lighting all over the world. Employing approximately 00 people in more than 20 countries, Vossloh-Schwabe is represented all over the world. As a subsidiary of the Japanese Panasonic Group, VS can draw on extensive resources for R&D as well as for international expansion activities. A highly motivated workforce, comprehensive market knowledge, profound industry expertise as well as eco-awareness and environmental responsibility show Vossloh-Schwabe to be a reliable partner for the provision of optimum and cost-effective LED lighting solutions. But Vossloh-Schwabe naturally also continues to provide all components needed in the field of conventional lighting technology. Vossloh-Schwabe's dedication to delivering superior quality is reflected in its ISO 9001 certification. Vossloh-Schwabe is ready to embark on a collaborative journey into an economically illuminated LED future. Some lighting applications continue to rely on conventional technologies. Please see our separate Standard Technology Catalogue for product details. 2

3 Contents 1 2 LED System Overview 7 LED Lamps 8 1 MR1,. W and 7 W 9 AR111, 12 W PAR0, 12 W and PAR8, 17 W 12 1 GU,. W and 7 W 1 LED Constant-current System 1 7 LUGA Line LED Line SMD Kit LED Line SMD ECO 20 LED Line SMD Slim LED Line Fix LUGA LED Line Fix SMD 28 LED Line AluFix LUGA LED Line AluFix SMD 8 9 LED Light Panel SMD 0 LUGA Shop LUGA Shop 201 Kit 7 LUGA C 8 9 LED industry and hall lighting 0 SYM I IP20 and IP (IP7) 1 2 SYM II IP20 and IP (IP7) LUGA Industrial lm LED street and outdoor lighting M-Class IP20 and IP (IP7) 7 8 S-Class IP20 and IP (IP7) 9 0 AreaLED IP20 and IP (IP7) 1 2 Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD ,000 lm Streetlight FlatEmitter LUGA LES I and LES III PowerEmitter TriplePowerEmitter 7 PowerOptics 8 70 Reflectors for PowerEmitter XP modules 71 Heat sinks for LED modules XP and XML 71 Thermal tapes 72 7 LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage 7 80 ReadyLine S 7 ReadyLine C / C 07 / C LEDSpot ReadyLine IP 79 LEDSpot ReadyLine MR1 80 LED Downlights Pro and Prime 81 8 DecoLED 8 88 LEDSpots 89 9 LEDSpot overview 90 ShopLine 111 / LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA 0 9 LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA 9 LEDSpot ActiveLine 900 / 800 / LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad / Triple 99 0 LEDSpot ActiveLine PRO LEDSpots 89 9 LEDSpot IPLine 2 LEDSpot SmartLine COB / XT LEDSpot DiscLine LEDSpot StartLine LEDSpot EffectLine 7 LEDSpot sets 8 Lead sets for LEDSpots / Surface kit 9 LED Constant-current Drivers 1 1 Luminaire Protection Device SP 20/K 1 2 V Systems 1 1 High Power 2-V-CA modules white and RGB LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA Indoor RGB CA Outdoor 11 Indoor White 12 Indoor White High Brightness 1 Outdoor White 1 AluLED IP20 / IP 1 1 Colour control modules DigiLED CA LED connection technology 11 LED converters for LED modules 2 V 12 1 LED converters for LED modules 12 V 1 1 Technical Details for LED Applications Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Systems overview Light Controller L / LS Light Controller LW / LSW Antennas 180 Light Controller S / XS Extender 18 MultiSensors 18 MovementSensors High Bay 18 Light Controller IP/DALI / IP/DALI W Technical details Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Smart Night Flex Night Managed Night Accessories Table of Reference Numbers

4 LED Systems LED SYSTEM LED MODULES, OPERATING DEVICES AND CONNECTING TECHNOLOGY Vossloh-Schwabe is not merely a provider of top-quality system solutions Systems and Components for Lighting Applications with LEDs Thanks to the characteristics and advantages of LED modules over conventional light sources, there is almost no limit to the ways in which LED modules can be used, and new applications are being found on a continuous basis. The usefulness of LED modules stretches from architecture and furniture design right through to creating atmospheric lighting in homes, shops, bars and restaurants. LED modules can be integrated into existing lighting systems or integrated into the respective application as a separate light source. These LED modules are dimmable if used with a suitable LED ballast and a matching control unit. Vossloh-Schwabe develops and manufactures LED modules in different performance classes and shapes on the basis of COB and SMD technology with a comparably minimal decrease in luminous flux over a module's service life and with extremely high colour stability. The DigiLED series makes a high-performance range of colour-control modules for polychromatic control of LED modules using RGB technology available to users. The digital technology and user-friendly interfaces guarantee LED lighting is simple to use. Vossloh-Schwabe's high-quality electronic LED control gear, which is available in various performance classes and designs, is designed to supply power to voltage- and constant-current-operated LED applications. Vossloh-Schwabe's range of LED lighting systems and components is rounded off by connection components for integrating LED modules into lighting applications. Different joining elements to match the individual LED modules guarantee simple, low-cost and soldering-free assembly. Maryling, Milan VS products: LUGA Shop COB and LED drivers Photographer/Architect: Casonato

5 Giordano, Jakarta Foyer of the Torre Agbar tower Giordano in the Living World Mall, Jakarta The entire Living World Mall in Jakarta is illuminated solely using LEDs. The mall is located in Jakarta's Serpong business park and features a large selection of international brands, including the fashion outlet Giordano. Due to the increase in energy costs in Indonesia, retailers and tenants in the Living World Mall were encouraged to convert to LED lamps and with that ensure a reduction in power consumption. The choice was easy to make: Vossloh-Schwabe's highly efficient PAR8 LED lamps with their service life of up to,000 hours and a correspondingly low need for maintenance proved to be ideal for the project. Thanks to the E27 base and 8 radiation angle of the PAR8 lamps, exchanging the previously installed 70 W HID lamps required only minimal effort. Apart from the expected energy savings, these new LED lamps have also resulted in a decisive reduction in CO 2 emissions in the interest of countering global warming. Available in different colour temperatures and with various angles of radiation, these dimmable LED lamps are mercury-free, energy-saving and will not impair products (IR- and UV-free). In addition, their energy efficiency, eco-friendliness and high light output have set standards for other Giordano outlets. LED lamps are set to feature in further Giordano branches in the future. Photos: Giordano, Serpong, Jakarta, Indonesia Torre Agbar, Barcelona With its height of 12 metres, floors above ground level and a usable floor space totalling 9,000 square metres, the Torre Agbar Catalan for "Agbar Tower" is one of Catalonia's tallest buildings and the new symbol of the 22@Barcelona technology centre. Designed by architect Jean Nouvel in cooperation with the b720 Arquitectos company, the tower's dazzling, 1,000 square metre façade lets the tower appear like a water fountain. The outer aluminium shell of the tower resembles the skin of a reptile or a large, fluid, organic mass. The mountains of Montserrat and the works of the Catalan architect, Antoni Gaudí, served as inspiration for the shape of the tower. The special colours of the tower were also chosen for a reason. As the client, Grupo Agbar, is Barcelona's municipal waterworks (Aguas de Barcelona, or Aigües de Barcelona in Catalan), this influenced the tower's iridescent and colourful appearance. The immediate vicinity of the building was designed in such a way as to give onlookers the impression that the tower is standing in a body of water. Consisting mainly of office space, a cafeteria and a multi-purpose hall, the building was inaugurated by the Spanish King on 1 October 200. For Vossloh-Schwabe, the "Torre Agbar" project began in September A need had been identified to improve the lighting situation in the foyer, the only solution to which was energy-efficient LED lighting in combination with DALI drivers and a LiCS Indoor light management system made by Vossloh-Schwabe. In cooperation with the customer, a projectspecific luminaire was developed on the basis of the VS LED Shop module (000 K). Photos Torre Agbar: José Tío

6 LED System Overview LED System Overview by Application Fields

7 LED System Overview 7

8 VS LED Lamps LED LAMPS MR1, AR111, PAR0, PAR8, GU LED THE GREEN FUTURE LIGHTING LEDs contain no mercury and are low on energy consumption, as a result of which they lead the field when it comes to "green lighting". Thanks to their eco-friendly properties, they can make a valid contribution to reducing your carbon footprint and countering the greenhouse effect. Moreover, LEDs start instantaneously at full brightness and are available in many colours. In addition to providing UV- and IR-free light, LEDs are vibration-proof and have a very long service life that further increases the overall efficiency of any lighting system. As LED lamps are now powerful enough to replace both incandescent and low-voltage halogen lamps, they are becoming increasingly popular beyond the field of decorative lighting. 8

9 VS LED Lamps Low-voltage Replacement Low-voltage LED Lamps Suitable for magnetic halogen transformers, electronic halogen converters (12 V AC) and electronic LED drivers (12 V DC) MR1,. W Design style: COB lens Operating temperature: 0 to 0 C Storage temperature: 20 to 0 C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Non dimmable Base: GU. MR1, 7 W Design style: COB reflector Operating temperature: 0 to 0 C Storage temperature: 20 to 0 C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Dimmable (Magnetic with leading-edge dimmers/ Electronic preferred with trailing-edge dimmers) Base: GU. 8 8 Ø 9.9 ±0. Ø 9.9 ± Type Ref. No. Colour Colour temperature CRI Luminous flux Light intensity Beam Field Power Power Energy K R a lm cd angle ( ) angle ( ) factor W efficiency MR1,. W MR III 212 warm white A MR III 21 warm white A+ MR1, 7 W MR III 21 warm white A MR III 21 warm white A Note: Further colour temperatures are available on request. Typical luminance of MR1 at 1, 2 and meters Intensity (lux) Colour MR1,. W MR1, 7 W temperature 2 2 K 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m Warm White 000 K Typical light distribution curves 8 0% 0% 0% 0% MR1,. W 2 MR1,. W MR1, 7 W 2 MR1, 7 W 9 9

10 VS LED Lamps Low-voltage Replacement LED Lamps Replacement for low-voltage incandescent lamps 111 Suitable for 12 V AC magnetic transformers, 12 V DC electronic drivers and 12 V AC electronic converters AR111, 1 W Operating temperature: 20 to 0 C Storage temperature: 0 to 0 C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Not dimmable Base: G AR111, 1 W Operating temperature: 20 to 0 C Storage temperature: 0 to 0 C Input voltage: 12 V AC/DC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: G 111 Type Ref. No. Colour Colour temperature CRI Luminous flux Light intensity Beam angle Field angle Power Power Energy K R a lm cd factor W efficiency AR111, 1 W AR III 79 warm white > A AR III 79 warm white > A AR111, 1 W AR III 79 warm white > A AR III 797 warm white > A Further colour temperatures are available on request. Typical luminance of AR111 at 1, 2 and meters Intensity (lux) Colour AR111, 1 W AR111, 1 W temperature 2 2 K 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m Warm White 000 K Typical light distribution curves 0% 0% AR111, 2 AR111,

11 VS LED Lamps Low-voltage Replacement Electronic Converters for LED Lamps 12 V You will find LED converters for the LED lamps MR1 and AR111 on page 1. Important notice for LED lamps for replacement of low-voltage halogen incandescent lamps Do not connect more than one unit to one transformer Do not use in ambient temperatures of more than 0 C Unsuitable for installation in enclosed or airtight luminaires For indoor use only Unsuitable for use outdoors or in high-moisture environments Important notice for LED lamps for replacement of mains voltage incandescent lamps Unsuitable for operation with an additional driver Integrated high-frequency driver Do not use in ambient temperatures of more than 0 C Unsuitable for installation in enclosed or airtight luminaires For indoor use only Unsuitable for use outdoors or in high-moisture environments Dimmable with phase-cutting dimmers (E27 PAR and GU 7 W lamps only); minimum dimmer load has to be respected. The compatibility of the lamp to the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoid flickering and/or noises. Trailing-edge dimmers are preferred. Caution: Always disconnect equipment from the mains before replacing lamps!

12 VS LED Lamps Mains Voltage Replacement LED Lamps 9 With integrated driver for replacement of mains voltage halogen incandescent lamps LED lamps made by Vossloh-Schwabe will fit most standard E27 and GU bases. These low-power, high-brightness and highly eco-friendly lamps are sure to improve the overall efficiency of your lighting system. 9 PAR0, 12 W Operating temperature: 20 to 0 C Storage temperature: 0 to 0 C Input voltage: V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: E PAR8, 17 W Operating temperature: 20 to 0 C Storage temperature: 0 to 0 C Input voltage: V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: E27 Type Ref. No. Colour Colour temperature CRI Luminous flux Light intensity Beam angle Field angle Power Energy K R a lm cd W efficiency PAR0, 12 W PAR II 97 warm white A PAR II 98 warm white A PAR II 99 neutral white A PAR II 91 cool white A PAR II 9111 warm white A PAR II 9112 warm white A PAR II 911 neutral white A PAR II 911 cool white A PAR8, 17 W PAR II 911 warm white A PAR II 91 warm white A PAR II 91 neutral white A PAR II 91 cool white A PAR II 918 warm white A PAR II 9 warm white A PAR II 911 neutral white A PAR II 912 cool white A Typical luminance of PAR0, PAR8 at 1, 2 and meters Intensity (lux) Colour PAR0, 12 W PAR8, 17 W temperature K 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m Warm White 2700 K Warm White 000 K Neutral White 000 K Cool White 000 K

13 VS LED Lamps Mains Voltage Replacement Typical light distribution curves of PAR0, PAR8 lamps 1 0% 0% 0% 0% PAR0, 12 W 20 PAR0, 12 W 0 PAR8, 17 W 20 PAR8, 17 W 0 2 Mains Voltage LED Lamps With integrated driver. GU, W Design style: SMD reflector Operating temperature: 20 to 0 C Storage temperature: 0 to 0 C Input voltage: V AC Non dimmable Base: GU 0 GU, W Design style: SMD reflector Operating temperature: 20 to 0 C Storage temperature: 0 to 0 C Input voltage: V AC Phase-cut dimmable (trailing-edge dimmers are preferred) Base: GU. 0 Type Ref. No. Colour Colour temperature CRI Luminous flux Light intensity Beam angle Field angle Power Power Energy K R a lm cd factor W efficiency GU, W GU R 798 warm white A+ GU, W GU R 799 warm white A+ Further colour temperatures are available on request. Typical luminance of GU at 1, 2 and meters Intensity (lux) Colour GU, W GU, W temperature K 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m Warm White 000 K Typical light distribution curves 0% GU, 1

14 Constant-current System CONSTANT CURRENT LED MODULES, DRIVERS AND ACCESSORIES The LED modules dealt with in this chapter are constant-currentoperated, built-in modules whose circuit board does not feature its own power-supply electronics. Circular and linear modules featuring various chip types are available. Ensuring constant-current control of LED modules benefits permanent operation, efficiency (lm/watt) and the service life of LEDs. Constantcurrent control is particularly important for high-performance LEDs, as a module brightness of up to,000 lm can be achieved. Various brightness levels can be set by selecting the requisite operating current (0 ma, 00 ma, 700 ma, 0 ma). In this regard, the maximum admissible current must never be exceeded and heat development must be monitored. Typical applications Installation in luminaires for general lighting purposes Residential lighting Reading lamps and spots Entertainment Retail lighting Architectural lighting Street lighting The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at 1

15 Constant-current LED modules for all applications Vossloh-Schwabe's constant-current-operated LED modules are characterised by their extreme efficiency, long service life and colour brilliance. The extensive range of different designs and brightness levels results in a multitude of application options. Whether they are used for indoor or outdoor applications: VS LED modules can be found as a decorative and functional lighting source in offices, homes, buildings and on our streets. They are: highly efficient, characterised by a high CRI and extremely versatile. Constant-current drivers for current-operated LED modules To ensure safe operation of LEDs that are connected in series, the operating current must be kept at a constant value by the ballast. It is recommended to operate all high-performance LED modules in combination with an external constant-current driver. To ensure the same current flows through every LED, high-performance LEDs can only be connected in series. For each respective application, the source of the constant-current must be selected to ensure the required current and sufficient voltage are supplied to the LED modules. The number of LED modules that can be connected to control gear is dependent on the forward bias of the respective modules. 1

16 Constant-current System Linear LUGA Line 201 Chips Built-in PCB lighting modules The linear LED COB modules produce a very high lumen output. The modules are available in warm white, neutral white and cool white; they can also be seamlessly connected (no gaps). The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management. Thanks to producing a homogeneous light field without any discernible individual light points, these LED modules are ideal for use in reflectors in luminaires constructed for T and T8 lamps. Typical applications Office lighting Retail lighting T/T8 replacement as built-in module Furniture lighting C0 C180 C90 C270 Technical notes Dimensions: 280 x1 mm On-board push terminal system Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to 8 C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Ceramic PCB for optimum thermal management Colour rendering index R a : > 80 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B:,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) Unit: 0 pcs. 1±0.2 2.±0.2 product marking 2.±0.1 tc ,8 2.±0.1 (1.8) 1.8± ± Offset LES from center Connection example 280±0, ±0,2 X 2,±0,2 1±2 X Feed-in connector PCB-PCB connector End connector Type Ref. No. Number Colour Correlated Luminous flux** and efficiency at Beam CRI of LEDs colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma angle R a temperature* (P el =.1 W) (P el = 7.7 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 18.8 W) pcs. K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w min. typ. LUGA Line 201 with LEDs DML09C27DC1 0 warm white DML09C0DC1 727 warm white DML09CDC1 029 neutral white DML09C0DC1 729 neutral white DML09C0DC1 0 cool white DML09CDC1 0 cool white * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 1% Min. CRI R a : > 80 Emission data at t p = C 1

17 1 Constant-current System Linear Accessories for LUGA Line Modules Other lead lengths on request Feed-in connector Feed in connector for power supply Colour: black + white Max. permissible current: 1. A Number of strands: 2 (Strand diameter: 0.09 mm²/awg28) Type: 89 Ref. No.: 111 X = mm Ref. No.: 092 X = mm PCB PCB connector Max. permissible current: 1. A Type: 89 Ref. No.: 1129 X = mm Ref. No.: 999 X = 1 mm Ref. No.: 9992 X = 220 mm, X±2 cabel( );wire black,awg28(7x0,127mm),ul8 cabel(+);wire white,awg28(7x0,127mm),ul8 1±2 X±1 wires UL8, 28AWG(7x0,127mm) wires UL8, 28AWG(7x0,127mm) ±1 1 2 End connector Type: 89 Ref. No.: Plastic holder for LUGA Line modules For fixing LUGA Line modules Fixing hole for countersunk screw M With cable holder Min. 2. pcs. per LUGA Line module needed Ref. No.: ø. 2. Thermally conductive adhesive tape Dimensions: 278x1 mm Ref. No.:

18 X1 Constant-current System Linear LED Line SMD Kit Built-in PCB lighting modules with optics The LED Line SMD kit consists of SMD modules in two lengths (280 mm and 0 mm) as well as matching optics. LED modules and optics are an ideal LED solution to replace luminaires with T/T8 lamps. Both the optics and LED modules are easy to attach using standardised fixing holes (ZHAGAcompliant hole spacing) and screws. VS also provides optics that are perfect for office, industrial and shop (e.g. supermarket) lighting. Technical notes Dimensions: WU-M-80: 279,x9, mm WU-M-81: 0,x9, mm On-board push terminal system Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 11 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : > 80 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; Lumen maintenance L80/B: 0,000 hrs. Typical applications Office lighting Retail lighting Industrial lighting T/T8 replacement as built-in module WU-M tc/tp WU-M tc X1 + tc tc/tp 29.8 ø.7 WU-M-80 WU-M ø.7 Rev. A ø.7 Rev. A X ø X2 - ø Type Ref. No. Number Colour Correlated Luminous flux** and efficiency at Beam CRI of LEDs colour temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma angle R a pcs. K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w min. typ. LED Line SMD Kit 280 mm (P el =.9 W) (P el = 7. W) (P el =. W) WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white LED Line SMD Kit 0 mm (P el = 9.8 W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21 W) WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white Preliminary datas * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± % Emission data at t p = 0 C 000 K and 00 K on request 18

19 Constant-current System Linear LED Line SMD Kit 1 Built-in PCB lighting modules with optics Optics type Ref. No. Efficiency Weight Unit % g pcs. Standard Retail SYM Retail ASYM Technical notes optics Dimensions: 280x mm Material: PMMA Standard Retail SYM in preparation Retail ASYM in preparation 2 End cap Lateral tongue and groove for optics attachment Weight: 0.9 g, unit: 00 pcs. Type: 988 Ref. No.:

20 Constant-current System Linear LEDLineSMDECO Built-in PCB lighting modules The SMD PCB LED Line SMD ECO is optimally suited for use in classic T/T8 luminaires. Available in two different lengths (280 mm and 0 mm), the LED modules are easy to fix using standardised fixing holes (ZHAGA-compliant hole spacing) and screws. Technical notes Dimensions: WU-M-82: 280x0 mm WU-M-8: 0x0 mm On-board push terminal system Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 12 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : > 80 Lumen maintenance L70/B0: 9,000 hrs. Typical applications Office lighting Retail lighting Industrial lighting T/T8 replacement as built-in module WU-M-82 0 IN max. 700 ma DC WU-M-82 Rev. A tc/tp OUT C0-C180 C90-C WU-M IN max. 700 ma DC WU-M-8 Rev. A2 tc/tp OUT ø.7 (x) Type Ref. No. Number Colour Correlated Luminous flux* and efficiency at Beam CRI of LEDs colour temperature 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma angle R a pcs. K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w min. typ. LED Line SMD ECO 280 mm (P el =.1 W) (P el = W) (P el = 8.8 W) WU-M warm white / WU-M neutral white / LED Line SMD ECO 0 mm (P el = 8.1 W) (P el = 12 W) (P el = 17. W) WU-M warm white / WU-M neutral white / * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± % Emission data at t p = 0 C 000 K and 00 K on request 20

21 Constant-current System Linear LED Line SMD Slim Equipped with SMD Line LED modules Consisting of one energy-efficient LED Line SMD Slim, a thermo-conductive resin adhesive tape and a cover, this LED Line Slim constitutes an ideal way of facilitating direct conversion to modern LED technology. Enabling fast, reliable and flexible fixing inside the luminaire via adhesive tape clip fitting (Zhaga-compliant) screw fitting the unit constitutes an ideal solution for indoor linear lighting applications. Lighting modules with cover LED Line SMD Slim consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module and a cover with several attachment options. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant LW2 hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications. The light module is fitted with either a clear or diffuse cover that serves to protect it and, in the diffuse version, to reduce glare and distribute light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. With clear cover Technical notes On-board push terminals: 0. mm², for solid leads Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 at 80 C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to lm/w Colour rendering index R a : min. 80 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM Lumen maintenance L70/B0:,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) With diffuse cover Typical applications Office and school lighting Retail lighting Industrial lighting For replacement of T and T8 lamps 1 2 Optical characteristics at t p = 0 C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type Number Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux*and power at of LEDs temperature 0 ma 700 ma 0 ma pcs. K lm W lm W lm W SMD0000 warm white SMD0000 neutral white * Production tolerance of luminous flux and power: ± % 7 8 Ref. No. LED Line SMD Slim Fixing For tape fixing type: 890 For screw fixing type: 891 For clip fixing type: 892 Cover Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse SMD SMD

22 Constant-current System Linear LED Line SMD Slim LED Line SMD Slim for tape fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): x2x. mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 7 g, unit: pcs. Type: 890, drawing A A For tape fixing type 890 LED Line SMD Slim LED Line SMD Slim for screw fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): x9x. mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm With base thermal tapes Weight: 9 g, unit: pcs. Type: 891, drawing B B For screw fixing type 891 LED Line SMD Slim LED Line SMD Slim for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): x2x. mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0. 1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 8 g, unit: pcs. Type: 892, drawing C C For clip fixing type 892 LED Line SMD Slim 22

23 Constant-current System Linear LED Line Fix LUGA Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line Fix LUGA consists of an energy-efficient linear COB module, a holder with various attachment options and a cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. 2 The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant L28/LW hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications. Without cover 7 22 The light module forms a single unit consisting of a holder made of a thermoconductive polymer plus a clear or diffuse cover that protects the LED module and electrically isolates it from the luminaire. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Technical notes LUGA Line module Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to 8 C Efficiency up to 11 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : > 80 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B:,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) Electrical connection with lateral connection leads 28AWG Typical applications Office and school lighting Retail lighting Industrial lighting For replacement of T and T8 lamps 00 With clear cover With diffuse cover

24 Constant-current System Linear LED Line Fix LUGA 201 Optical characteristics at t p = C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type Number Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* and efficiency at of LEDs temperature 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma pcs. K lm W lm W lm W lm W For LED Line Fix LUGA mm DML09C27DC1 warm white DML09C0DC1 warm white DML09C0DC1 neutral white For LED Line Fix LUGA mm (2 wired LED modules per holder) DML09C27DC1 2x warm white DML09C0DC1 2x warm white DML09C0DC1 2x neutral white * Production tolerance of luminous flux and power: ± 1% Ref. No. LED Line Fix LUGA mm Fixing For tape fixing type: 8900 For screw fixing type: 8901 For clip fixing type: 8902 Cover Without Clear Diffuse Without Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse DML09C27DC DML09C0DC DML09C0DC Ref. No. LED Line Fix LUGA mm (2 wired LED modules per holder) Fixing For tape fixing type: 890 For screw fixing type: 891 For clip fixing type: 892 Cover Without Clear Diffuse Without Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse DML09C27DC DML09C0DC DML09C0DC

25 Constant-current System Linear LED Line Fix LUGA mm Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin Lead exit: lateral or base wiring When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion. The LED modules of versions with a cover are already fully wired. Additional connectors must be ordered separately for versions without a cover. LED Line Fix LUGA for tape fixing Without cover Dimensions (LxWxH): 280 x 2.2 x. mm With base thermal tapes Weight: g, unit: pcs. Type: 8900, drawing A With cover Degree of protection: IP0 Dimensions (LxWxH): 28 x 2.2 x1.1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 7 g, unit: pcs. Type: 8900, drawing B A For tape fixing type 8900 LED Line Fix LUGA ,2, 280 B For tape fixing type 8900 LED Line Fix LUGA ,2 1,1 28 C For screw fixing type 8901 LED Line Fix LUGA LED Line Fix LUGA for screw fixing Without cover Dimensions (LxWxH): 280 x 0 x. mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm Weight: g, unit: pcs. Type: 8901, drawing C With cover Degree of protection: IP0 Dimensions (LxWxH): 28 x 0 x1.1 mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm Weight: 7 g, unit: pcs. Type: 8901, drawing D 0 1 2,2, 0 1,1 1 2, Ø, D For screw fixing type 8901 LED Line Fix LUGA , 7 8 LED Line Fix LUGA for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP0 Dimensions (LxWxH): 28x2.2x1.1 mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0. 1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 7 g, unit: pcs. Type: 8902, drawing E E For clip fixing type 8902 LED Line Fix LUGA ,1 2,

26 Constant-current System Linear LED Line Fix LUGA mm Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin Lead exit: lateral or base wiring When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion. The LED modules of versions with a cover are already fully wired. Additional connectors must be ordered separately for versions without a cover. F For tape fixing type 890 LED Line Fix LUGA 201 0, LED Line Fix LUGA for tape fixing Without cover Dimensions (LxWxH): 1x 2.2 x. mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 8 g, unit: pcs. Type: 890, drawing F With cover Degree of protection: IP0 Dimensions (LxWxH): x 2.2 x1.1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 1 g, unit: pcs. Type: 890, drawing G 2,2 G For tape fixing type 890 LED Line Fix LUGA ,2 1,1 1 H For screw fixing type 891 LED Line Fix LUGA LED Line Fix LUGA for screw fixing Without cover Dimensions (LxWxH): 1x 0 x. mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm Weight: 8 g, unit: pcs. Type: 891, drawing H 0 1, 2, Ø, With cover Degree of protection: IP0 Dimensions (LxWxH): x 0 x1.1 mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm Weight: 1 g, unit: pcs. Type: 891, drawing J LED Line Fix LUGA for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP0 Dimensions (LxWxH): x 2.2 x1.1 mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0. 1mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 1 g, unit: pcs. Type: 892, drawing K 0 1 2,2 1,1 J For screw fixing type 891 LED Line Fix LUGA K For clip fixing type 892 LED Line Fix LUGA ,1 2,2 2

27 Constant-current System Linear Covers Technical notes LED Line Fix cover Material: PC, clear or diffuse Lead exit: lateral push-in holes Efficency covers: clear 97%, diffuse 90% Covers for LED Line Fix for tape and screw fixing For type: 8900/8901, LED Line Fix 280 mm Ref. No.: 98 clear Ref. No.: 98 diffuse For type: 890/891, LED Line Fix 0 mm Ref. No.: 0912 clear Ref. No.: 091 diffuse Luminaire cut-outs for clip fixing For type 8902 LED Line Fix 280 mm 2 ±0,1 ±0,1 22 ±0,0 1 2 Covers for LED Line Fix for clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0. 1 mm For type: 8902, LED Line Fix 280 mm Ref. No.: 999 clear Ref. No.: 999 diffuse For type: 892, LED Line Fix 0 mm Ref. No.: 091 clear Ref. No.: 091 diffuse For type 892 LED Line Fix 0 mm 2 ±0,1 8 ±0,1 177 ±0,1 9,2 ±0,0 9,2 ±0,0 2, ±0,0 2, ±0,0 22 ±0,0 Connectors You will find connectors for the LED Line Fix LUGA on page

28 Constant-current System Linear LED Line Fix SMD 280 Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line Fix SMD consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module, a holder with various attachment options and a cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant L28W hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications. The light module forms a single unit consisting of a holder made of a thermoconductive polymer plus a clear or diffuse cover that protects the LED module and electrically isolates it from the luminaire. Without cover With clear cover With diffuse cover The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Technical notes SMD Line modules On-board push-in terminals: 0. mm², for solid leads Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to 80 C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 9 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : min. 80 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM Lumen maintenance L70/B0:,000 hrs. (I F 0 ma) Typical applications Office and school lighting Retail lighting Industrial lighting For replacement of T and T8 lamps Electrical Characteristics at t p = 0 C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type Number of LEDs Colour Correlated colour temperature Luminous flux* (lm) and power at 0 ma pcs. K lm W SMD/0/280 warm white SMD/0/280 neutral white * Production tolerance of luminous flux and power: ± % Ref. No. LED Line Fix SMD 280 Fixing For tape fixing type: 8900 For screw fixing type: 8901 For clip fixing type: 8902 Cover Without Clear Diffuse Without Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse SMD/0/ SMD/0/

29 Constant-current System Linear LED Line Fix SMD 280 Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion. 1 2 LED Line Fix SMD 280 for tape fixing Without cover Dimensions (LxWxH): 280x2.2x. mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 9 g, unit: pcs. Type: 8900, drawing A A For tape fixing type 8900 LED Line Fix SMD 280 mm With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): 28x2.2x1.1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 12 g, unit: pcs. Type: 8900, drawing B LED Line Fix SMD 280 for screw fixing Without cover Dimensions (LxWxH): 280x0x. mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm Weight: 9 g, unit: pcs. Type: 8901, drawing C With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): 28x0x1.1 mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm Weight: 1 g, unit: pcs. Type: 8901, drawing D B For tape fixing type 8900 LED Line Fix SMD 280 mm C For screw fixing type 8901 LED Line Fix SMD 280 mm D For screw fixing type 8901 LED Line Fix SMD 280 mm 7 LED Line Fix SMD 280 for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): 28x2.2x1.1 mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0. 1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 12 g, unit: pcs. Type: 8902, drawing E E For clip fixing type 8902 LED Line Fix SMD 280 mm

30 Constant-current System Linear Covers 280 Technical notes LED Line Fix cover Material: PC, clear or diffuse Lead exit: lateral push-in holes Efficency covers: clear 97%, diffuse 90% Covers for LED Line Fix 280 mm for tape and screw fixing For type: 8900/8901 Ref. No.: 0 clear Ref. No.: 0 diffuse Luminaire cut-outs for clip fixing For type 8902 LED Line Fix 280 mm For clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0. 1 mm For type: 8902 Ref. No.: 0 clear Ref. No.: 07 diffuse 0

31 Constant-current System Linear LED Line Fix SMD 0 Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line Fix SMD consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module, a holder with various attachment options and a cover. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The fast, safe and flexible adhesive-based, click on (ZHAGA-compliant LW hole spacing) or screw-based options for fixing the module within the luminaire constitute an ideal solution for linear lighting applications. The light module forms a single unit consisting of a holder made of a thermoconductive polymer plus a clear or diffuse cover that protects the LED module and electrically isolates it from the luminaire. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Technical notes SMD Line modules On-board push terminals: 0. mm², for solid leads Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to 80 C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to lm/w Colour rendering index R a : min. 80 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM Lumen maintenance L70/B0:,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) Without cover With clear cover With diffuse cover Typical applications Office and school lighting Retail lighting Industrial lighting For replacement of T and T8 lamps Electrical characteristics at t p = 0 C The specified values apply only to the version of the LED module without a cover. The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type Number Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* (lm) and power at of LEDs temperature 0 ma 700 ma 0 ma pcs. K lm W lm W lm W SMD/0/0 warm white SMD/0/0 neutral white * Production tolerance of luminous flux and power: ± % 7 8 Ref. No. LED Line Fix SMD 0 Fixing For tape fixing Type: 890 For screw fixing Type: 891 For clip fixing Type: 892 Cover Without Clear Diffuse Without Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse SMD/0/ SMD/0/

32 Constant-current System Linear LED Line Fix SMD 0 Technical notes LED Line Fix holder Holder material: thermo-conductive resin When joining linear modules in a row, a minimum clearance of 1 mm between the fixing units must be observed due to thermal expansion. LED Line Fix SMD 0 for tape fixing Without cover Dimensions (LxWxH): 1x 2.2 x. mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 9 g, unit: pcs. Type: 890, drawing A With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): x 2.2 x1.1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 12 g, unit: pcs. Type: 890, drawing B A For tape fixing type 890 LED Line Fix SMD 0 mm B For tape fixing type 890 LED Line Fix SMD 0 mm LED Line Fix SMD 0 for screw fixing Without cover Dimensions (LxWxH): 1x 0 x. mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm Weight: 9 g, unit: pcs. Type: 891, drawing C With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): x 0 x1.1 mm Fixing holes for screws M Tightening torque: Nm Weight: 1 g, unit: pcs. Type: 891, drawing D C For screw fixing type 891 LED Line Fix SMD 0 mm D For screw fixing type 891 LED Line Fix SMD 0 mm LED Line Fix SMD 0 for clip fixing With cover Degree of protection: IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): x 2.2 x1.1 mm Base fixing clips for wall thickness 0. 1 mm With base thermal tapes Weight: 12 g, unit: pcs. Type: 892, drawing E E For clip fixing type 892 LED Line Fix SMD 0 mm 2

33 Constant-current System Linear Covers 0 Technical notes LED Line Fix cover Material: PC, clear or diffuse Lead exit: lateral push-in holes Efficency covers: clear 97%, diffuse 90% 1 2 Covers for LED Line Fix for tape and screw fixing For type: 890/891 Ref. No.: 188 clear Ref. No.: 189 diffuse Covers for LED Line Fix for clip fixing Longer fixing clips of cover for fixing the holder into the luminaire sheet For wall thickness 0. 1 mm For type: 892 Ref. No.: 190 clear Ref. No.: 191 diffuse For type 892 LED Line Fix 0 mm 7 8 9

34 Constant-current System Linear LED Line AluFix LUGA 201 Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line AluFix LUGA consists of an energy-efficient linear COB module, an aluminium holder and a clear cover or, alternatively, optics. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The light module is available with up to five pre-wired LUGA modules in lengths of 0 to 1,29 mm. The robust aluminium holder serves to optimise thermal management and is easy to attach using M screws. The clear or diffuse cover protects LED modules from environmental factors. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Enabling the kind of light distribution typically required in offices or shops, the optics versions facilitate luminaire designs that can do without an additional light guidance system. The high-quality optics consist of only one unit, regardless of its length, and therefore provide optimal protection for LED modules and ensure homogeneously illuminated surfaces without optical interruptions. Typical applications Office and school lighting Retail lighting Industrial lighting For replacement of T and T8 lamps Technical notes For one to five LUGA Line modules For drivers with U OUT < V DC Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to 8 C Efficiency up to 11 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : min. 80 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B: 0,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) Further shapes and optics on request.

35 Constant-current System Linear LED Line AluFix LUGA 201 Optical characteristics of LUGA Line LED modules at t p = C The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: see data sheets Type Number Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* and power at of LEDs temperature 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma pcs. K lm W lm W lm W lm W For LED Line AluFix LUGA mm DML09C27DC1 warm white DML09C0DC1 warm white DML09C0DC1 neutral white For LED Line AluFix LUGA mm (2 wired LED modules per aluminium profile) DML09C27DC1 2x warm white DML09C0DC1 2x warm white DML09C0DC1 2x neutral white For LED Line AluFix LUGA mm ( wired LED modules per aluminium profile) DML09C27DC1 x warm white DML09C0DC1 x warm white DML09C0DC1 x neutral white For LED Line AluFix LUGA mm ( wired LED modules per aluminium profile) DML09C27DC1 x warm white DML09C0DC1 x warm white DML09C0DC1 x neutral white For LED Line AluFix LUGA mm ( wired LED modules per aluminium profile) DML09C27DC1 x warm white DML09C0DC1 x warm white DML09C0DC1 x neutral white * Production tolerance of luminous flux and power: ± 1%

36 Constant-current System Linear LED Line AluFix LUGA 201 Technical notes Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads, lead length: 70 mm with 2-poles connector AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 9-2 Degree of protection: IP0 Rear slots for screws M Tightening torque: 0. Nm With clear cover With diffuse cover LED Line AluFix cover Type Dimensions (LxWxH) in mm Unit Weight L W H pcs. g L Ref. No. LED Line AluFix cover The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type / Total length / 0 mm / 8 mm 8900 / 87 mm 8900 / 118 mm 8900 / 129 mm Cover Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse DML09C27DC DML09C0DC DML09C0DC LED Line AluFix LUGA 201 Optics Office Type Dimensions (LxWxH) in mm Unit Weight L W H pcs. g Office Ref. No. LED Line AluFix Optics Office Efficency optics: 9% Type / Total length / 0 mm / 8 mm 8901 / 87 mm 8901 / 118 mm 8901 / 129 mm DML09C27DC DML09C0DC DML09C0DC

37 Constant-current System Linear LED Line AluFix LUGA Technical notes Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads, lead length: 70 mm with 2-poles connector AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 9-2 Degree of protection: IP0 Rear slots for screws M Tightening torque: 0. Nm 2 LED Line AluFix Optics Retail 1-SYM Type Dimensions (LxWxH) in mm Unit Weight L W H pcs. g Retail 1-SYM Ref. No. LED Line AluFix Optics Retail 1-SYM Efficency optics: 9% Type / Total length / 0 mm / 8 mm 8902 / 87 mm 8902 / 118 mm 8902 / 129 mm DML09C27DC DML09C0DC DML09C0DC LED Line AluFix Optics Retail 1-ASYM Type Dimensions (LxWxH) in mm Unit Weight L W H pcs. g Retail 1-ASYM 7 Ref. No. LED Line AluFix Optics Retail 1-ASYM Efficency optics: 9% Type / Total length 8901 / 0 mm 8902 / 8 mm 890 / 87 mm 890 / 118 mm 890 / 129 mm DML09C27DC DML09C0DC DML09C0DC Connection leads 2-poles, ferrule on bare end of cores and AMP Micro Mate-N-LOK 22-2 Lead length L 0 mm 200 mm 00 mm 00 mm 00 mm 00 mm Ref. No L 8 9 7

38 Constant-current System Linear LED Line AluFix SMD Cover Lighting modules with holder and cover LED Line AluFix SMD consists of an energy-efficient linear SMD module, an aluminium holder and a clear cover or, alternatively, optics. The module was designed for integration into indoor luminaires providing direct or indirect light. The light module is available with up to five pre-wired SMD modules in lengths of 0 to 1,29 mm and is thus an ideal component for LED lighting strips. The robust aluminium holder serves to optimise thermal management and is easy to attach using M screws. The clear or diffuse cover protects LED modules from environmental factors. The diffuse cover reduces glare and distributes light in a similar manner to a fluorescent lamp. Typical applications Office and school lighting Retail lighting Industrial lighting For replacement of T and T8 lamps Technical notes For one to five SMD modules linear For driver with U OUT < 20 V DC Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to 80 C Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to lm/w Colour rendering index R a : min. 80 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; Lumen maintenance L70/B0:,000 hrs. (I F 0 ma or 700 ma) Further shapes and optics on request. Optical characteristics at t p = 0 C The following efficiency levels can be achieved when using a cover: clear (97%), diffuse (90%) Type Number Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux* and power at of LEDs temperature 0 ma 700 ma 0 ma pcs. K lm W lm W lm W For LED Line AluFix SMD cover 0 mm SMD/0/280 1x warm white SMD/0/280 1x neutral white For LED Line AluFix SMD cover 8 mm (2 wired SMD modules 280 per aluminium profile) SMD/0/0 2x warm white SMD/0/0 2x neutral white For LED Line AluFix SMD cover 8 mm (1 SMD module 0) SMD/0/0 1x warm white SMD/0/0 1x neutral white For LED Line AluFix SMD cover 87 mm ( wired SMD modules 280 per aluminium profile) SMD/0/80 x warm white SMD/0/80 x neutral white For LED Line AluFix SMD cover 118 mm ( wired SMD modules 280 per aluminium profile) SMD/0/1120 x warm white SMD/0/1120 x neutral white For LED Line AluFix SMD cover 118 mm (2 wired SMD modules 0 per aluminium profile) SMD/0/1120 2x warm white SMD/0/1120 2x neutral white For LED Line AluFix SMD cover 129 mm ( wired SMD modules 280 per aluminium profile) SMD/0/0 x warm white SMD/0/0 x neutral white * Production tolerance of luminous flux and power: ± % 8

39 Constant-current System Linear LED Line AluFix SMD Cover 1 Technical notes LED Line AluFix cover Material: Aluminium profile and PMMA cover Rear connection leads: Cu tinned, single-core 0.2 mm² (AWG2), PVC-insulation, red and black, notched lead ends, lead length: L + 80 mm Degree of protection: IP0 Rear slots for screws M Tightening torque: 0. Nm With clear cover With diffuse cover Type Dimensions (LxWxH) in mm Unit Weight L W H pcs. g Ref. No. LED Line AluFix SMD Cover with linear SMD module 280 Type / Total length / 0 mm / 8 mm 8900 / 87 mm 8900 / 118 mm 8900 / 129 mm Cover Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse SMD/0/ SMD/0/ Ref. No. LED Line AluFix SMD Cover with linear SMD module 0 Type / Total length / 8 mm 8900 / 118 mm Cover Clear Diffuse Clear Diffuse SMD/0/ SMD/0/

40 Constant-current System LED Light Panel SMD Built-in lighting modules The new LED light panels are a highly effective and low-cost SMD solution for producing homogeneous, widely distributed light. They are particularly suitable for integration in louvered luminaires (00 x 00 mm). These LED SMD modules are available in various shades of white and permit easy, cost-effective and solder-free connection using push-in connectors. Technical notes Dimensions: 20 x 20 mm On-board push-in connector Fixing holes: Ø.7 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Efficiency up to 12 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : typ. 8 Colour tolerance: SDCM Unit: 8 pcs Typical Applications Office lighting Retail lighting T/T8 replacement as built-in module Furniture lighting Backlighting for advertising tc/tp 21 (x8,) ø.7 (x) 9 22 t=1,±0,1 Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux* and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature 0 ma (P el = 7. W) 80 ma (P el =.2 W) beam R a K min. typ. lm/w (typ.) min. typ. lm/w (typ.) angle ( ) min. typ. WU-M-0-0K-CUR 9901 warm white 000 0/ WU-M-0-0K-CUR 0 neutral white / * Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Emission data at t p = 0 C 000 K and 00 K on request 0

41 Constant-current System Shop LUGA Shop 201 Built-in lighting modules These LED modules are suitable for use in all retail areas from shop windows, through refrigerated counters right up to mobile food units at markets. The COB technology on the ceramic PCB guarantees excellent light quality in combination with a very long service life. The stable casing protects the PCB from mechanical stress and ensures high compatibility with numerous reflectors and cooling solutions. The LED COB modules are available in various tones of white. Push-in connectors enable simple, low-cost and solder-free terminal connections Technical notes Dimensions: Ø 0 mm On-board push-in connector Casing material: PET Fixing pillars: Ø.2 mm Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 2 to 8 C 2 to 7 C (WU-M-8 > 700 ma) Temperature fail-safe circuit: activation temperature t c C Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 12 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : typ. > 80 / > 90 (LUGA Shop Food: > 70 / > 80) Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B: 0,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma WU-M-8) Unit: 20 pcs Typical applications Integration in Reflector luminaires (20//0/70 W HIT replacement) Flat surface-mounting luminaires Cladding illumination Suspended luminaire with external control gear For use in Retail lighting Furniture lighting Stairway and corridor illumination WU-M-8 LESø1.9 tc/tp Ø2 12 Ø0 x120 Ø.2 WU-M-8, WU-M LESø20. Ø2 tc/tp 12 Ø0 x120 Ø

42 Constant-current System Shop LUGA Shop lm to 000 lm Characteristics White light Optimized for retail and furniture illumination Highly efficient: up to12 lm/w LUGAShop201 CRIR a >80 Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. WU-M-8 (P el = 7.8 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) WU-M warm white WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white WU-M neutral white WU-M-8 (P el = 11.7 W) (P el = 17.2 W) (P el = 2.9 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M warm white WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white WU-M neutral white WU-M-8 (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21. W) (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M warm white WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white WU-M neutral white Data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 80 ZHAGA Flux Category: WU-M-8 at 700 ma: C20, WU-M-8 at 700 ma: C0, WU-M-8 at 0 ma: C0 Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 7. LUGAShop201 CRIR a >90 Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. WU-M-8 (P el = 7.8 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) WU-M warm white WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white WU-M neutral white WU-M-8 (P el = 11.7 W) (P el = 17.2 W) (P el = 2.9 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M warm white WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white WU-M neutral white WU-M-8 (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21. W) (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M warm white WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white WU-M neutral white Data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 90 ZHAGA Flux Category: WU-M-8 at 700 ma: C20, WU-M-8 at 700 ma: C0, WU-M-8 at 0 ma: C0 Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 7. 2

43 Constant-current System Shop LUGAShop201 PearlWhite Characteristics Brilliant white light For retail lighting, especially fashion lighting Similar colour impression like C-HI lamps Highly efficient: up to 1 lm/w 1 2 LUGA Shop 201 Pearl White CRI R a >80 Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. WU-M-8 (P el = 7.8 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) WU-M-8-81-PW 87 pearl white WU-M-8 (P el = 11.7 W) (P el = 17.2 W) (P el = 2.9 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M-8-81-PW 89 pearl white WU-M-8 (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21. W) (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M-8-81-PW 81 pearl white Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 80 ZHAGA Flux Category: WU-M-8 at 700 ma: C20, WU-M-8 at 700 ma: C0, WU-M-8 at 0 ma: C0 Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 7. LUGA Shop 201 Pearl White CRI R a >90 Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. WU-M-8 (P el = 7.8 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) WU-M-8-91-PW 88 pearl white WU-M-8 (P el = 11.7 W) (P el = 17.2 W) (P el = 2.9 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M-8-91-PW 80 pearl white WU-M-8 (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21. W) (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M-8-91-PW 82 pearl white Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 90 ZHAGA Flux Category: WU-M-8 at 700 ma: C20, WU-M-8 at 700 ma: C0, WU-M-8 at 0 ma: C0 Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 7. LUGAShop201 FOOD Characteristics Optimized for use in all retail areas especially for fresh food (bread, fruits, vegetables, meat) Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI Typical colour 700 ma 0 ma beam R a applications temp.* (K) lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. LUGA Shop FOOD (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) WU-M-8-Ga0 89 warm white (special spectrum: HiGa) Bread, fruits, vegetables, cheese WU-M-8-Ga0 92 neutral white (special spectrum: HiGa) Fish, drugstore, textiles WU-M-8-Meat 9 "white effect" (special spectrum: HiGa) Meat WU-M-8-SMeat 9 "pink effect" Meat Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± %; ZHAGA Flux Category: WU-M-8-Ga0/Ga0/Meat at 0 ma: C0, WU-M-8-SMeat at 0 ma: C2 Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page

44 Constant-current System Shop LUGA Shop 201 Kit 2000 lm to 000 lm Built-in lighting modules This PCB version of the LUGA Shop 201 series provides the option of simply replacing LED modules within their holder. Simple and secure attachment is enabled with a separate holder with a bayonet fitting. Technical notes Dimensions: 27.8x7.x.2 mm Light emitting surface (LES): 1 mm or 21 mm On-board push-in terminal Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 2 to 8 C 2 to 80 C (DMS18C**E1) Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 19 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : typ. > 80 / > 90 (LUGA Shop Food PCB: > 70 / > 80) Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B: 7,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma DMS128) Unit: 20 pcs. Typical applications Integration in Reflector luminaires (20//0/70 W HIT replacement) Flat surface-mounting luminaires Cladding illumination Suspended luminaire with external control gear For use in Retail lighting Furniture lighting Stairway and corridor illumination LES 1 (DMS088) 19.9 LES Ø1.9 tc/tp ± LES Ø20. tc/tp LES 21 (DMS128 / DMS18) ±

45 Constant-current System Shop LUGA Shop 201 Kit 2000 lm to 000 lm Characteristics Optimized for retail and furniture illumination Highly efficient: up to19 lm/w 1 2 LUGA Shop 201 Kit CRI R a >80 Typ Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. DMS088C (P el = 7.8 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) DMS088C27E1 7 warm white DMS088C0E1 711 warm white DMS088CE1 7 neutral white DMS088C0E1 7 neutral white DMS128C (P el = 11.7 W) (P el = 17.2 W) (P el = 2.9 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS128C27E1 79 warm white DMS128C0E1 80 warm white DMS128CE1 81 neutral white DMS128C0E1 82 neutral white DMS18C (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21. W) (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS18C27E1 87 warm white DMS18C0E1 88 warm white DMS18CE1 89 neutral white DMS18C0E1 90 neutral white Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 80 LUGA Shop 201 Kit CRI R a >90 Typ Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. DMS088C (P el = 7.8 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) DMS088D27E1 7 warm white DMS088D0E1 7 warm white DMS088DE1 77 neutral white DMS088D0E1 78 neutral white DMS128C (P el = 11.7 W) (P el = 17.2 W) (P el = 2.9 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS128D27E1 8 warm white DMS128D0E1 8 warm white DMS128DE1 8 neutral white DMS128D0E1 8 neutral white DMS18C (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21. W) (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS18D27E1 91 warm white DMS18D0E1 92 warm white DMS18DE1 9 neutral white DMS18D0E1 9 neutral white Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : >

46 Constant-current System Shop LUGA Shop 201 Kit Pearl White Characteristics BBrilliant white light For retail lighting, especially fashion lighting Similar colour impression like C-HI lamps Highly efficient: up to 17 lm/w LUGAShop201Kit PearlWhite CRIR a >80 Typ Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. WU-M-8 (P el = 7.8 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) DMS088C1EP1 82 pearl white WU-M-8 (P el = 11.7 W) (P el = 17.2 W) (P el = 2.9 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS128C1EP1 827 pearl white WU-M-8 (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21. W) (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS18C1EP1 829 pearl white Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 80 LUGAShop201Kit PearlWhite CRIR a >90 Typ Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. WU-M-8 (P el = 7.8 W) (P el = 11. W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) DMS088D1EP1 82 pearl white WU-M-8 (P el = 11.7 W) (P el = 17.2 W) (P el = 2.9 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS128D1EP1 828 pearl white WU-M-8 (P el = 1. W) (P el = 21. W) (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS18D1EP1 80 pearl white Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 90 LUGA Shop 201 Kit FOOD Characteristics Optimized for use in all retail areas especially for fresh food (bread, fruits, vegetables, meat) Typ Ref. No. Colour Correlated Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI Typical colour 700 ma 0 ma beam R a applications temp.* (K) lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. LUGA Shop FOOD (P el = 1.1 W) (P el = 9. W) DMS18G0E1 8 warm white (special spectrum: HiGa) Bread, fruits, vegetables, cheese DMS18G0E1 8 neutral white (special spectrum: HiGa) Fish, drugstore, textiles DMS18P0E1 80 "white effect" (special spectrum: HiGa) Meat DMS18P19E1 82 "pink effect" Meat Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± %

47 Constant-current System Shop LUGA Shop 201 Kit LUGA Shop Kit holder, 2-pieces For LED PCB LUGA Shop with LES 1 or 21 mm Dimensions (ØxH): Ø0 x.8 mm or 7 mm Base holder: Cr-Ni steel, plastic cover: PBT Fixation base holder: Fixing holes for screws M hole distance: mm Unit: 00 pcs. Once the cables have been inserted in the push-in connector of the PCB, the plastic cover is attached to the base holder with a 1 turn. Plastic cover with bayonett fixing for optics and reflectors. 1 2 Type: base holder Drawing: A Ref. No.: 18 Type: plastic cover for height:.8 mm Drawing: B Ref. No.: 18 white Ref. No.: 8 black Type: plastic cover for height: 7 mm Drawing: C Ref. No.: 80 white Ref. No.: 81 black Type: plastic cover for height: 7 mm Closed inner ring Drawing: D Ref. No.: 092 white Ref. No.: 09 black A B C Connection leads For LED PCB LUGA Shop Lead: Cu tinned, single-core, 0.2 mm² (AWG2), PVC-insulation, plug and ferrule bare end of core Ref. No.: length: 200 mm Ref. No.: 7 length: 00 mm Ref. No.: 8 length: 00 mm D

48 Constant-current System Shop LUGA C 00 lm to 2000 lm Built-in lighting modules Due to their tiny size, the LUGA C modules are particularly suitable as a replacement for mains and low-voltage halogen lamps. As LUGA C modules are capable of producing lumen packages of up to 2000 lm, they can also be used in downlights. Technical notes Dimensions DMC122: 1.x1.x1.7 mm DMC11/DMC12: 19x19x1.7 mm Light emitting surface (LES) DMC122: Ø mm DMC11: Ø 11.9 mm DMC12: Ø 1.1 mm Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to 8 C Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 12 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : > 80 / > 90 Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B DMC122: 0,000 hrs. (I F 180 ma) DMC11: 0,000 hrs. (I F 0 ma) DMC12: 0,000 hrs. (I F 0 ma) Unit: 22 pcs. (DMC122) 17 pcs. (DMC11/DMC12) 1. (7.2) 1. LES (Ø.0) 1.7 Ts (ø1) LES (Ø11.9) 1.7 Ts (ø1.) DMC122 DMC11 DMC12 19 LES (Ø1.1) Ts (ø1.) 1 Typical applications Integration in Reflector luminaires for replacement of Halogen mains and low-voltage lamps Flat surface-mounting luminaires Downlights For use in Residential lighting Furniture lighting Stairway and corridor illumination 8

49 Constant-current System Shop LUGA C 00 lm to 2000 lm Characteristics Optimized for lumen packages 2000 lm Highly efficient: up to12 lm/w 1 2 LUGA C CRI R a >80 Type Ref. No. Number Colour Correlated Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI of colour 180 ma 20 ma 0 ma 00 ma 00 ma beam R a LEDs temp.* (K) lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. DMC122 (P el =. W) (P el = 8.7 W) DMC122C27D 87 2 warm white DMC122C0D 21 2 warm white DMC122CD 88 2 neutral white DMC122C0D 90 2 neutral white DMC11 (P el = 11.2 W) (P el = 1. W) DMC11C27D 9 0 warm white DMC11C0D 2 0 warm white DMC11CD 97 0 neutral white DMC11C0D 98 0 neutral white DMC12 (P el = 12 W) (P el = 17.7 W) (P el = 21. W) DMC12C27D 70 0 warm white DMC12C0D 2 0 warm white DMC12CD 70 0 neutral white DMC12C0D 70 0 neutral white Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 1% Min. CRI R a : > 80 Colour temperature 000 K on request LUGA C CRI R a >90 Type Ref. No. Number Colour Correlated Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI of colour 180 ma 20 ma 0 ma 00 ma 00 ma beam R a LEDs temp.* (K) lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w angle ( ) typ. DMC122 (P el =. W) (P el = 8.7 W) DMC122S27D 92 2 warm white DMC122S0D 22 2 warm white DMC122SD 9 2 neutral white DMC122S0D 9 2 neutral white DMC11 (P el = 11.2 W) (P el = 1. W) DMC11S27D 99 0 warm white DMC11S0D warm white DMC11SD neutral white DMC11S0D 70 0 neutral white DMC12 (P el = 12 W) (P el = 17.7 W) (P el = 21. W) DMC12S0D 2 0 warm white DMC12SD neutral white DMC12S0D neutral white Preliminary data Emission data at t p = C * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± 1% Min. CRI R a : > 90 Colour temperature 000 K on request

50 Constant-current System Industrial and Hall Lighting LED Industrial and Hall Lighting These LED modules are suitable for illuminating industrial, production, sports and warehouse facilities as well as for petrol stations (especially SYM II). These modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable a modular luminaire design. The modules are available in three shapes (, 1 or LEDs) and in three white colour tones. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires, 1 or high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at t c point at I F = 700 ma: 20 to 8 C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 17 lm/w Lumen maintenance L70/B: 0,000 hrs. (I F 0 ma) at t p 0 C ESD protection class 2 Surge protection: kv Typical Applications Integration in outdoor luminaires Indoor lighting Industrial lighting for: Production halls Warehouses Petrol station lighting Lighting for sports facilities Optical Characteristics at t p = 0 C Type Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* (lm) at CRI IP20 IP (IP7) temperature* 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma 0 ma square linear K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. R a LEDs P el =. W P el = 8. W P el = 1.7 W P el = 19. W WU-M-/B-.. WW warm white / WU-M-/B-.. WW warm white / WU-M-/B-.. NW neutral white / WU-M-/B-.. CW cool white 000 2/ LEDs P el = 18 W P el =. W P el =. W P el = 77 W WU-M-7/1-.. WU-M-2/B-.. WU-M-8/B-.. WW warm white / WU-M-7/1-.. WU-M-2/B-.. WU-M-8/B-.. WW warm white / WU-M-7/1-.. WU-M-2/B-.. WU-M-8/B-.. NW neutral white / WU-M-7/1-.. WU-M-2/B-.. WU-M-8/B-.. CW cool white 000 2/ LEDs P el = 72 W P el = 1. W P el = 218. W P el = 08 W WU-M-7/-.. WW warm white / WU-M-7/-.. WW warm white / WU-M-7/-.. NW neutral white / WU-M-7/-.. CW cool white 000 2/ Preliminary data Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. 0

51 Constant-current System Industrial and Hall Lighting LED Industrial Light SYM I IP20 1 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH LEDs: 0 x x12 mm 1 LEDs: 120 x120 x12 mm LEDs: 20 x 20 x12 mm Degree of protection: IP20 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 200) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the layer (lengthwise) or 8: (height to distance) on the layer (crosswise) Type Ref. No. Number of LEDs WU-M-/B-WW-R80 9 WU-M-/B-WW-R70 2 WU-M-/B-NW 9 WU-M-/B-CW 92 WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-NW 91 1 WU-M-7/1-CW 91 1 WU-M-7/-WW-R80 81 WU-M-7/-WW-R70 27 WU-M-7/-NW 80 WU-M-7/-CW WU-M-/B WU-M-7/1 WU-M-7/ tc/tp ø WU-M-7 0 ma DC max. Tc= 8 C max. ø.2 (8x) tc/tp

52 Constant-current System Industrial and Hall Lighting LED Industrial Light SYM I Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH 1 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x18.7 mm 1 LEDs, linear: 20 x 0 x18.7 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection (in preparation): IP/(IP7) Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 00 mm Version with leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination installation ratio: 1:1 (height to distance) on the layer (lengthwise) or 8: (height to distance) on the layer (crosswise) Type Shape Ref. No. WU-M-2/B-WW square 787 WU-M-2/B-NW square 782 WU-M-2/B-CW square 08 WU-M-8/B-WW linear 70 WU-M-8/B-NW linear 97 WU-M-8/B-CW linear 79 WU-M-2/B WU-M-8/B Ø.2(8x) tc/tp Ø.2(x) tc/tp. 2

53 Constant-current System Industrial and Hall Lighting LED Industrial Light SYM II IP20 1 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH LEDs: 0 x x.2 mm 1 LEDs: 120 x120 x.2 mm LEDs: 20 x 20 x.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 200) Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance) / / 270 Type Ref. No. Number of LEDs WU-M-/B-WW-R80 97 WU-M-/B-WW-R70 28 WU-M-/B-NW 9 WU-M-/B-CW 9 WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-NW WU-M-7/1-CW WU-M-7/-WW-R80 81 WU-M-7/-WW-R70 20 WU-M-7/-NW 807 WU-M-7/-CW 802 WU-M-/B WU-M-7/1 WU-M-7/ tc/tp ø.2 22 WU-M-7 0 ma DC max. Tc= 8 C max. ø.2 (8x) tc/tp

54 Constant-current System Industrial and Hall Lighting LED Industrial Light SYM II Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH 1 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x1 mm 1 LEDs, linear: 20 x 0 x1 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection (in preparation): IP/(IP7) Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 00 mm Version with leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for hall lighting Optimum illumination installation ratio: 1:2 (height to distance) / / 270 Type Shape Ref. No. WU-M-2/B-WW square 788 WU-M-2/B-NW square 78 WU-M-2/B-CW square 09 WU-M-8/B-WW linear 70 WU-M-8/B-NW linear 98 WU-M-8/B-CW linear 12 WU-M-2/B ø.2(8x) 1. WU-M-8/B ø.2(x) tc/tp 0 tc/tp

55 Constant-current System Industrial and Hall Lighting LUGA Industrial 201,000 lm 1 Built-in lighting modules These LED modules are suitable for use both in street lighting as well as high-bay and industrial lighting. Technical notes Dimensions (LxWxH): x 70 x 8.7 mm Push-in terminals (WAGO series 200) LED module is operated at high voltage (up to V). Safety must be considered acc. EN 098 Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to 8 C Efficiency up to lm/w Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM NTC-resistor (type: NCP18XHJ0RB) for external driver feedback of module temperature Lumen maintenance L90/B:,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) Unit: 12 pcs Typical Applications Integration in outdoor luminaires Indoor lighting Industrial lighting for: Production halls Warehouses Petrol station lighting Lighting for sports facilities tc/tp 0. ø.20(x) 8.7 LES Ø 7 Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at Typ. CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma beam R a (P el = 7.9 W (P el =.1 W) (P el = 79. W) (P el = 12. W) angle K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w typ. WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white WU-M cool white * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 80 Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page

56 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting LED Street and Outdoor Lighting M-Class, S-Class, Area These LED modules are suitable for standardcompliant street lighting, paths and squares in accordance with EN These modules were designed for built-in into luminaire casings. They enable a modular luminaire design. The VS ECXd 700/ W LED driver enables power reduction via phase inversion. The modules are available in three shapes (, 1 or LEDs) and in three white colour tones. Technical notes LED built-in module for integration into luminaires, 1 or high-efficient High Power LEDs Allowed operating temperature at t c point at I F = 700 ma: 20 to 8 C Use of external LED constant current driver Design for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 17 lm/w Colour rendering index R a : > 70 or > 80 Lumen maintenance L70/B: 0,000 hrs. (I F 0 ma) at t p 0 C Surge protection: kv ESD protection class 2 Typical Applications Integration in luminaires Streetlighting for ME- and S-classes (acc. to EN 1201) Illumination of public places Optical Characteristics at t p = 0 C Type Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* (lm) at CRI IP20 IP (IP7) temperature* 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma 0 ma square linear K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. R a LEDs P el =. W P el = 8. W P el = 1.7 W P el = 19. W WU-M-/B-.. WW warm white / WU-M-/B-.. WW warm white / WU-M-/B-.. NW neutral white / WU-M-/B-.. CW cool white 000 2/ LEDs P el = 18 W P el =. W P el =. W P el = 77 W WU-M-7/1-.. WU-M-2/B-.. WU-M-8/B-.. WW warm white / WU-M-7/1-.. WU-M-2/B-.. WU-M-8/B-.. WW warm white / WU-M-7/1-.. WU-M-2/B-.. WU-M-8/B-.. NW neutral white / WU-M-7/1-.. WU-M-2/B-.. WU-M-8/B-.. CW cool white 000 2/ LEDs P el = 72 W P el = 1. W P el = 218. W P el = 08 W WU-M-7/-.. WW warm white / WU-M-7/-.. WW warm white / WU-M-7/-.. NW neutral white / WU-M-7/-.. CW cool white 000 2/ Preliminary data Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification.

57 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting LED Roadway Light M-Class IP20 1 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH LEDs: 0 x x mm 1 LEDs: 120 x120 x mm LEDs: 20 x 20 x mm Degree of protection: IP20 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 200) Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 1201) Optimum illumination installation ratio:.:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type Ref. No. Number of LEDs WU-M-/B-WW-R WU-M-/B-WW-R WU-M-/B-NW 927 WU-M-/B-CW 92 WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-NW WU-M-7/1-CW WU-M-7/-WW-R WU-M-7/-WW-R WU-M-7/-NW 80 WU-M-7/-CW WU-M-/B WU-M-7/1 WU-M-7/ Road/Straße/Route Road/Straße/Route Road/Straße/Route 0 7. tc/tp 1. ø WU-M-7 0 ma DC max. Tc= 8 C max. ø.2 (8x) tc/tp 0 0 7

58 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting LED Roadway Light M-Class Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH 1 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x1 mm 1 LEDs, linear: 20 x 0 x1 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection (in preparation): IP/(IP7) Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 00 mm Version with leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of streets with M-Class (acc. to EN 1201) Optimum illumination installation ratio:.:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type Shape Ref. No. Optics direction lengthwise crosswise WU-M-2/B-WW square 78 WU-M-2/B-NW square 09 WU-M-2/B-CW square 07 WU-M-8/B-WW linear WU-M-8/B-NW linear WU-M-8/B-CW linear WU-M-2/B WU-M-8/B crosswise Ø.2(8x) Road/Straße/Route WU-M-8/B lengthwise tc/tp tc/tp 270 Straße/Road tc/tp Road/Straße/Route. 8

59 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting LED Roadway Light S-Class IP20 1 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH LEDs: 0 x x12. mm 1 LEDs: 120 x120 x12. mm LEDs: 20 x 20 x12. mm Degree of protection: IP20 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 200) Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 1201) Optimum illumination installation ratio: 7.:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type Ref. No. Number of LEDs WU-M-/B-WW-R80 91 WU-M-/B-WW-R WU-M-/B-NW 90 WU-M-/B-CW 929 WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-NW WU-M-7/1-CW WU-M-7/-WW-R WU-M-7/-WW-R70 21 WU-M-7/-NW 80 WU-M-7/-CW 70 WU-M-/B WU-M-7/1 WU-M-7/ Road/Straße/Route 20 Road/Straße/Route Road/Straße/Route 0 tc/tp ø.2 WU-M-7 0 ma DC max. Tc= 8 C max. ø.2 (8x) tc/tp

60 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting LED Roadway Light S-Class Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH 1 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x18. mm 1 LEDs, linear: 20 x 0 x18. mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection (in preparation): IP/(IP7) Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 00 mm Version with leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of streets with S-Class (acc. to EN 1201) Optimum illumination installation ratio: 7.:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type Shape Ref. No. Optics direction lengthwise crosswise WU-M-2/B-WW square 78 WU-M-2/B-NW square 780 WU-M-2/B-CW square 00 WU-M-8/B-WW linear WU-M-8/B-NW linear WU-M-8/B-CW linear WU-M-2/B WU-M-8/B crosswise Ø.2(8x) ø.2(x) Road/Straße/Route tc/tp WU-M-8/B lengthwise ø.2(x) tc/tp tc/tp Road/Straße/Route Road/Straße/Route 0

61 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting LED Roadway Light Area IP20 1 Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH LEDs: 0 x x.2 mm 1 LEDs: 120 x120 x.2 mm LEDs: 20 x 20 x.2 mm Degree of protection: IP20 Push-in terminals (WAGO series 200) Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination installation ratio:.:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type Ref. No. Number of LEDs WU-M-/B-WW-R80 90 WU-M-/B-WW-R70 22 WU-M-/B-NW 99 WU-M-/B-CW 98 WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-WW-R WU-M-7/1-NW WU-M-7/1-CW WU-M-7/-WW-R80 81 WU-M-7/-WW-R70 2 WU-M-7/-NW 808 WU-M-7/-CW 80 WU-M-/B WU-M-7/1 WU-M-7/ tc/tp ø WU-M-7 0 ma DC max. Tc= 8 C max. ø.2 (8x) tc/tp

62 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting LED Roadway Light Area Water Protected Technical notes Dimensions (incl. optics) LxWxH 1 LEDs, square: 120 x120 x12.2 mm 1 LEDs, linear: 20 x 0 x12.2 mm Encapsulated for outdoor applications with degree of protection (in preparation): IP/(IP7) Pre-assembled leads: 2 leads: + (red); (blue) for luminaires of protection class II, length: 00 mm Version with leads (incl. PE lead) on request Optics for illumination of public places Optimum illumination installation ratio:.:1 (distance between luminaire poles to the height of the luminaire pole) Type Shape Ref. No. WU-M-2/B-WW square 78 WU-M-2/B-NW square 781 WU-M-2/B-CW square WU-M-8/B-WW linear 70 WU-M-8/B-NW linear 9 WU-M-8/B-CW linear 79 WU-M-2/B WU-M-8/B Ø.2(8x) ø.2(x) tc/tp

63 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD ,000 lm 1 Built-in lighting modules These LED modules are suitable for use both in street lighting as well as high-bay and industrial lighting. Technical notes Dimensions (LxWxH) with 12 LEDs: 7.xx mm with 18 LEDs: 8x.x mm with 27 or 2 LEDs: 8xx mm LEDs on the module are serial connected Push-in terminals (WAGO series 200) LED module is operated at high voltage (up to V). Safety must be considered acc. EN 098 Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to 9 C Use of external LED constant current driver Efficiency up to 12 lm/w Lumen maintenance L70/B: > 0,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) at t p C Colour rendering index R a : > Surge protection: kv NTC resistor for external driver feedback of module temperature WU-M-2-xx/B: optional WU-M--xx/B: Typ NCP18xHJ0RB WU-M-2-12/B tc/tp 2.0 WU-M-2-18/B tc/tp Ø.0(x) tc/tp WU-M-2-xx/B WU-M--27/B WU-M--2/B tc/tp Ø.(x) Ø.(x) WU-M--xx/B NTC + NTC 1. 2 Typ Ref. No. Number Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* (lm) at CRI of LEDs temperature* 00 ma 700 ma R a pcs. K min. typ. min. typ. typ. LED modules with 12 LEDs (P el = 1.8 W) (P el = 2. W) WU-M-2-12/B-WW warm white / > 70 WU-M-2-12/B-NW neutral white / > 70 WU-M-2-12/B-CW cool white 000 2/ > LED modules with 18 LEDs (P el = 20. W) (P el = 7.8 W) WU-M-2-18/B-WW warm white / > 70 WU-M-2-18/B-NW neutral white / > 70 WU-M-2-18/B-CW cool white 000 2/ > LED modules with 27 LEDs (P el = 0.7 W) (P el =. W) WU-M--27/B-WW warm white / > 70 WU-M--27/B-NW 0 27 neutral white / > 70 WU-M--27/B-CW cool white 000 2/ > LED modules with 2 LEDs (P el = 7. W) (P el = 87.7 W) WU-M--2/B-WW 22 2 warm white / > 70 WU-M--2/B-NW 0 2 neutral white / > 70 WU-M--2/B-CW cool white 000 2/ > * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t p = C Suitable thermal foiles for these LED modules see page Ø

64 Constant-current System Street and Outdoor Lighting Streetlight FlatEmitter LUGA LES I and LES III Built-in lighting modules These LED modules are suitable for use both in street lighting as well as high-bay and industrial lighting. Technical notes Dimensions (LxWxH) LES I: 7x.x8 mm Dimensions (LxWxH) LES III: 1 x x 8 mm Push-in terminals (WAGO series 200) LED module is operated at high voltage (up to 120 V). Safety must be considered acc. EN 098 Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 2 to 8 C (LES I); 0 to 7 C (LES III) Efficiency up to 1 lm/w Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Lumen maintenance L90/B: LES I: 0,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) LES III: 0,000 hrs. (I F 700 ma) NTC resistor for external driver feedback of module temperature (Type: NCP18XHJ0RB) Surge protection: kv (LES III) Reverse polarity protection (up to 180 V) (LES III) Unit: 21 pcs. (LES I); 12 pcs. (LES III) Typical Applications Integration in outdoor luminaires Street lighting Indoor and high bay lighting WU-M LES tc/tp LES WU-M-9..1 tc/tp 0 ø.2 (x) LES 1 x 8, C0-C180 C90-C270 WU-M WU-M ø.20(x) Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Typ. luminous flux** and efficiency at CRI temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma R a K lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w typ. LUGA LES I P el = 9.8 W P el = 1. W P el = 20.9 W P el = W WU-M warm white WU-M neutral white WU-M cool white LUGA LES III P el = 7.7 W P el = W WU-M--000K 0198 warm white WU-M--000K 0199 neutral white WU-M--000K 0200 cool white Preliminary data * Colour tolerance: MacAdam ** Production tolerance of luminous flux and efficiency: ± % Min. CRI R a : > 70 or > Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 7.

65 Constant-current System PowerEmitter XP and XML 1 Built-in PCB lighting modules Thanks to the use of highly efficient LEDs, PowerEmitter modules guarantee an extremely high lumen output of up to 71 lm at max. 0 ma. The modules can be safely operated with various constant-current converters (0 ma, 00 ma, 700 ma, 0 ma). Sufficient cooling must be ensured. Cables have to be soldered onto the solder pads of PowerEmitter modules, which are available in white, neutral white and warm white, to enable terminal connections to be made. The colours of red, green and blue can be made available on request. To enable the creation of unique light solutions, VS also provides PowerOptics attachments with a variety of beam angle characteristics (see pages 8 70). Technical notes PCB diameter: 0 mm Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to 0 C for luminaires PowerEmitter XP 20 to C for luminaires PowerEmitter XML Use of external LED constant current driver FR-PCB with thermal ducts (PowerEmitter XP) or aluminium PCB (PowerEmitter XML) for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 12 lm/w Colour rendering index: white R a = 7, warm white R a = 80 ESD protection class 2 Minimum order quantity: 1 pcs. Typical Applications Integration in luminaires Architectural lighting Marking paths, stairs, etc. Furniture lighting Light advertising Entertainment, FR-PCB with thermal ductsting PowerEmitter XP Ø.2 Ø2.2 tc 8, 2 0. XP-C XP-G XP-E XML PowerEmitter XML Ø.2 tc PowerEmitter XP 2 Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* (lm) at Beam temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma angle K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. PowerEmitter XP-C (P el = 1.19 W) (P el = 1.7 W) WU-M-21-XPC-WW 7 warm white not allowed not allowed 1 WU-M-21-XPC-NW 71 neutral white not allowed not allowed 1 WU-M-21-XPC-CW 7 cool white not allowed not allowed 1 PowerEmitter XP-E (P el = 1.12 W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2.8 W) WU-M-21-XPE-WW 8 warm white not allowed 11 WU-M-21-XPE-NW 8 neutral white not allowed 11 WU-M-21-XPE-CW 80 cool white not allowed 11 PowerEmitter XP-G (P el = 1.0 W) (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2.2 W) (P el =.7 W) WU-M-21-XPG-WW 88 warm white WU-M-21-XPG-NW 87 neutral white WU-M-21-XPG-CW 8 cool white Preliminary data * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 2 C Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page

66 Constant-current System PowerEmitter XML Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* (lm) at Beam temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma angle (P el = W) (P el = W) (P el = 8.7 W) (P el = 12.7 W) K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. PowerEmitter XML WU-M-2-27K 802 warm white WU-M-2-0K 801 warm white WU-M-2-0K 800 neutral white * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page 72. TriplePowerEmitter XP Built-in PCB lighting modules Thanks to the use of highly efficient LEDs, TriplePowerEmitter modules guarantee an extremely high lumen output of up to 22 lm at max. 700 ma. The modules can be safely operated with various constant-current drivers (0 ma, 00 ma or 700 ma). Sufficient cooling must be ensured. The TriplePowerEmitter modules are available in white, neutral white and warm white. The modules are available without an optical attachment or with a fixed, 20, or 0 optical attachment to enable the creation of different lighting scenes. Technical notes PCB diameter: mm Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to C Use of external LED constant current driver Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Efficiency up to 9 lm/w Colour rendering index: white R a = 7, warm white R a = 80 ESD protection class 2 Minimum order quantity: 120 pcs. Typical Applications Integration in luminaires Architectural lighting Marking paths, stairs, etc. Furniture lighting Light advertising Entertainment, retail lighting Without optics

67 Constant-current System TriplePowerEmitter XP 1 Module without optics Ø.2 9 Module with optics Ø Ø2 Ø Ø Ø2 Ø 9. Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* (lm) at Beam angle temperature* 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma (P el =. W) (P el =.9 W) (P el = 7.1 W) K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. Without optics WU-M-22-XPE-WW 7 warm white WU-M-22-XPE-NW 727 neutral white WU-M-22-XPE-CW 729 cool white TriplePowerEmitter XP WU-M-22-XPE-WW- 71 warm white WU-M-22-XPE-NW- 7 neutral white WU-M-22-XPE-CW- 7 cool white TriplePowerEmitter XP 20 WU-M-22-XPE-WW warm white WU-M-22-XPE-NW neutral white WU-M-22-XPE-CW cool white TriplePowerEmitter XP WU-M-22-XPE-WW warm white WU-M-22-XPE-NW neutral white WU-M-22-XPE-CW cool white TriplePowerEmitter XP 0 WU-M-22-XPE-WW-0 77 warm white WU-M-22-XPE-NW-0 7 neutral white WU-M-22-XPE-CW-0 7 cool white * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 2 C Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page

68 Constant-current System PowerOptics for XP/XT Modules PowerOptics were specially developed to supplement VS PowerEmitter making it possible for users to put unique lighting solutions into practice. Use of high-grade optical PMMA enables high efficiency factors of up to 90%. A To guarantee easy mounting on PowerEmitter module, the PowerOptics are backed with selfadhesive tape. However, depending on the type of application and ambient conditions, the Power- Optics module may require additional fixing to ensure secure mounting. B PowerOptics Ø 2 mm For fixation of PowerOptics on Star LED modules use self-tapping screws acc. to ISO 181/709-ST2.9-C/F. C PowerOptics Ø mm D Light distribution curves PowerOptics PowerOptics Star Type Beam angle* Ref. No. Drawing Dimensions* (mm) Ref. No. Drawing Dimensions* (mm) diameter/module height diameter/module height Optics Ø 2 mm For VS PowerEmitter XP Optics Ø mm For VS PowerEmitter XP PowerOptics A 2/ B /1. PowerOptics A 2/ B /1. PowerOptics A 2/ B /1. PowerOptics 7719 A 2/ B /1. Optics Ø 2 mm For Star XP / XT Optics Ø mm For Star XP / XT PowerOptics C 2/ D /1. PowerOptics C 2/ D /1. PowerOptics C 2/ D /1. PowerOptics 0970 C 2/ D /1. * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. 8

69 Constant-current System PowerOptics for XP Modules Various attachable optics are available for XP modules to enable different beam characteristics and illumination levels. PowerOptics are made of PMMA, a material of high optical efficiency, and therefore achieve efficiencies of up to 92%. The optics are available in various beam angles and are easily attached to the modules using self-adhesive tape. Depending on the type of application or the expected ambient conditions, it may be necessary to supplement this method of fastening to ensure the optics are securely mounted. PowerOptics XP 1 2 Light distribution curves C0 C C90 C XP11 XP1 XP XP0 Strada A XP Strada B XP 7 Type Ref. No. Beam angle* Dimensions* (mm) diameter x height / width x depth x height Optics for LED modules of XP series PowerOptics XP x.1 PowerOptics XP 1 diff x.1 PowerOptics XP x.1 PowerOptics XP x.1 PowerOpticsStrada A XP 0 0 x x 1. x. PowerOpticsStrada B XP x 20.0 x 1. x. * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification

70 Constant-current System PowerOptics for XP Modules For TriplePowerEmitter and Spot modules Various attachable optics are available for TriplePowerEmitter and the Spot modules of the XP series to enable different beam characteristics and illumination levels. 2, 11,2 1,2 2 PowerOptics are made of PMMA, a material of high optical efficiency, and therefore achieve efficiencies of up to 92% Fixing PowerOptics XP: with glue PowerOptics XP: by self tapping screw 2.9 mm x H (H =.8 mm + A + B) Ø2,9 Ø Ø0 Ø0 1, 2, 11, Fixing A B,8 PowerOptics XP 1, Light distribution curves PowerOptics XP PowerOptics XP XP XP 20 XP XP 0 Light distribution curves PowerOptics XP XP XP 20 XP XP 0 Type Ref. No. Beam angle* Dimensions* (mm) diameter x height Optics for TriplePowerEmitter XP modules PowerOptics XP x 11. PowerOptics XP x 11. PowerOptics XP x 11. PowerOptics XP x 11. Optics for Spot XP modules PowerOptics XP x 11. PowerOptics XP x 11. PowerOptics XP x 11. PowerOptics XP x 11. * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. 70

71 Constant-current System Reflectors for PowerEmitter XP modules Reflectors generate a high efficiency, round spot with homogeneous light distribution Material: PC, with reflective aluminium coating The reflectors are available in two various beam angles and are easily attached to the modules using self-adhesive tape. Depending on the type of application or the expected ambient conditions, it may be necessary to supplement this method of fastening to ensure the reflectors are securely mounted. Ref. No.: Ref. No.: 70,7,7, 2,8 8, 8, 1 2 Heat Sinks for LED Modules XP and XML Under no circumstances may LEDSpots ever be covered by insulation material or similar. Air ventilation must be ensured. Heat sinks for PowerEmitter XP and XML modules For LED modules with one XP LED up to 700 ma For LED modules with one XML LED up to 0 ma Material: thermoconductive resin Dimensions: (Ø x depth): 2.x20 mm / 8x12.8 mm Fixing: with screws Weight: 1. g Unit: 20 pcs. Ref. No.: 879 Drawing/photo A Ref. No.: 80 Drawing/photo B A B 1, 1,8 1, ,8 Ø, Ø,2 1,, 2 20 Ø2, Ø,2 Ø8 8 Heat sink for TriplePowerEmitter XP For LED modules up to 700 ma Material: thermoconductive resin Dimensions (Ø x depth): x7. mm Fixing: with screws Weight: 1 g Unit: 22 pcs. Ref. No.: 80 2 Ø Ø1, 2,0 2, 7, 9 71

72 ThermalTapesforLEDModules Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tapes for LED Modules M TM type 88 and Bergquist Bond-Ply 0 Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tapes are designed to provide a preferential heat-transfer path between heat-generating components and heat-sinks or other cooling devices. These tapes are tacky pressure sensitive adhesives loaded with thermally conductive ceramic fillers that do not require a heat cure cycle to form an excellent bond to many substrates. Only pressure is needed to form an excellent bond and thermal interface. The specialized chemistry renders them modestly soft and able to wet to many surfaces, allowing them to conform well to non-flat substrates, provide high adhesion, and act as a good thermal interface. The specialized acrylic chemistry of the tapes provides for excellent thermal stability of the base polymer. The thermally conductive tapes are provided on a silicone treated polyester release liner for ease of handling and die cutting. The tapes offer excellent adhesive performance with good wetting and flow onto many substrate surfaces. For detailed information and application guidelines see M or Bergquist datasheet for thermally conductive adhesive transfer taper (880; 88; 881; 8820; or Bergquist Bond-Ply 0; Depending on the type of application and/or the expected ambient conditions, the modules must be additionally secured to ensure optimum fixing. Type Ref. No. Size Tape thickness Liner thickness Thermal conductive R th For VS LED modules Catalogue page mm mm μm K/W For round LED modules Adhesive pad Ø28 28 Ø PowerEmitter Adhesive pad Ø 977 Ø TriplePowerEmitter Ømm, Ø0mm Adhesive pad Ø 92 Ø High Power 2V RGB Triple 19 Adhesive pad Ø7 92 Ø High Power 2V RGB Flood 19 For square LED modules Adhesive pad 9x x TriplePowerEmitter Ø0mm For linear LED modules Adhesive pad 278x x LUGA Line 1 Adhesive pad 20x 81 20x LEDLine High Power Adhesive pad 297x x High Power 2V RGB Line 19 This technical information for M Thermally Conductive Adhesive Transfer Tape 88 or Bergquist Bond-Ply 0 should be considered representative or typical only and should not be used for specification purposes. 72

73 ThermalTapesforLEDModules Thermal Tapes for LED Modules 1 2 Type Ref. No. Size Thermal conductive R th For VS LED modules Catalogue page mm K/W For LED modules for retail lighting Thermal conductive graphite tape 901 Ø WU-M-8/-8/-8 1 For LED modules WU-M-2 (ME/S, SYM I, SYM II) Thermal conductive tape, adhesive on one side 822 x 0.0 WU-M-2 0, For LED modules LUGA Industrial,000 lm Thermal conductive graphite tape 2 7.2x1 0.0 WU-M-7 For LED modules Streetlight FlatEmitter SMD Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side x. 0.0 WU-M-2-12/WU-M-9 / Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side x. 0.0 WU-M-2-18 Thermal conductive graphite tape, adhesive on one side x. 0.0 WU-M-/WU-M- /

74 LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage V LED MODULES FOR MAINS VOLTAGE RETROFIT UNIT FOR CONVEN- TIONAL TECHNOLOGIES ADVANTAGES OF RECTANGULAR LED MODULES WITH HEAT SINK JUST ONE SINGLE UNIT: LED MODULE, DRIVER AND HEAT SINK VERY COMPACT SHAPE: IDENTICAL MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT AND LAMP FOCUS LIKE FOR CONVENTIONAL BALLAST WITH MOUNTED LAMPHOLDER HIGH EFFICENT: POWER FACTOR > 0.9 FOR LUMINAIRES OF PROTECTION CLASS II LATERAL OR BASE FIXING OPTIONS CONNECTION WITH PUSH-IN TERMINALS WITH CORD GRIP Luminaire Examples LED MODULES FOR OPERATION AT MAINS VOLTAGE V Luminaires of slim and flat design often provide little or no room for additional control gear. Examples of devices that pose a major design challenge are, in particular, small wall, corridor, hall and ceiling luminaires as well as special applications such as lighting of restaurant menus. Up to now, incandescent or energy-saving lamps with an Edison base or compact fluorescent lamps with an integrated ballast were often used for such lighting projects. But in line with the ErP Directive, 2-pin-based compact fluorescent lamps are also set to be taken off the EU market with effect from LED Solutions Made by Vossloh-Schwabe Vossloh-Schwabe's new V LED modules now provide a perfect opportunity to switch to LED well ahead of time and without requiring any time-consuming or expensive redesign work on already existing luminaires. Refitting existing installations with these LED modules is equally possible and equally problem-free. The dimensions of the rectangular model (with an integrated heat sink) and the lamp focus are comparable to the specifications of a magnetic ballast with an integrated lampholder for compact fluorescent lamps. The circular module is particularly suitable for installation in simple luminaire systems that would more usually be fitted with angled Edison lampholders. Perfect Retrofit Unit 7

75 LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage V LED Modules ReadyLine S 1 Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: V, 0/0 Hz Dimensions: with heat sink 1x1x2 mm without heat sink 12x7.x9.2 mm Power factor: > 0.97 Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Heat sink made of thermoconductive resin Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) Push-in terminals with push-button: mm² (2 18AWG) Fixation for modules with heat sink: fixing holes for screws M or self-tapping screws.9 with cover: fixing holes for screws M or self-tapping screws 2.9 For luminaires of protection class II RFI suppressed Weight: / g (without/with heat sink) Unit: 80/0 pcs. (without/with heat sink) With heat sink Withoutheatsink Typical applications Integration in luminaires Residential lighting Architectural lighting Shop lighting Furniture lighting Max. Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour Correlated colour Cover Luminous flux CRI Energy output with without 0/0 Hz of LEDs temperature lm efficiency W heat sink heat sink V pcs. K min. typ. R a 8.7 LUT warm white clear > 80 A LUT diffuse 0 LUT neutral white clear > 80 A LUT diffuse LUT warm white clear > 80 A LUT diffuse 9 LUT neutral white clear 1 12 > 80 A LUT diffuse 87 0 Accessories Description Tape thickness Thermal conductivity 209 Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink 009 Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape 12x8 mm 0.2 mm 0.8 W/mK. kv 27 Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive 1x mm 0.2 mm 2 W/mK kv 008** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides 1x2 mm 0.17 mm 0.9 W/mK 9.8 kv * Average value (not for specification purpose) ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire) Breakdown voltage*

76 LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage V LED Modules ReadyLine C Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: V, 0/0 Hz Dimensions: Ø 0 mm (Ø 120 mm with heat sink) Power factor: > 0.97 Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Heat sink made of thermoconductive resin Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) Screw terminals for LED module with heat sink: 2. mm² Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 00 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M or self-tapping screws 2.9 For luminaires of protection class II RFI suppressed Weight: 0/ g (without/with heat sink) Unit: / pcs. (without/with heat sink) Typical applications Integration in luminaires Residential lighting Architectural lighting Shop lighting Furniture lighting With central lead exit With lateral lead exit With heat sink, protection cover and 2-poles screw terminals Max. Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour Correlated Cover Luminous flux CRI Lead Energy output Version A without 0/0 Hz of LEDs colour temperature lm exit efficiency W with heat sink heat sink V pcs. K min. typ. R a LR warm white clear > 80 central A+ LR on request 9 lateral LR warm white diffuse 9 20 > 80 central A+ LR on request 9 lateral LR neutral white clear > 80 central A+ LR on request 98 lateral LR neutral white diffuse > 80 central A+ LR on request 90 lateral 17. LR warm white clear > 80 central A LR2 on request 821 lateral LR warm white diffuse > 80 central A LR2 on request 82 lateral LR neutral white clear > 80 central A LR2 on request 82 lateral LR neutral white diffuse > 80 central A LR2 on request 827 lateral Accessories Description Tape thickness Thermal conductivity 209 Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink 012 Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 0 mm 0.2 mm 0.8 W/mK. kv 981 Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 99 mm 0.2 mm 2 W/mK kv 79** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø mm 0.17 mm 0.9 W/mK 9.8 kv * Average value (not for specification purpose) ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire) Breakdown voltage* 7

77 LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage V LED Modules ReadyLine C 07 1 Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: V, 0/0 Hz Dimensions: Ø 7. mm (Ø 120 mm with heat sink) Power factor: > 0.9 Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Co-moulded heat sink made of thermoconductive resin and aluminium Protection cover: PC, UV-glued or rivetted (module with heat sink) Screw terminals for LED module with heat sink: 2. mm² Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 00 mm, central or lateral lead exit Fixing holes for screws M or self-tapping screws 2.9 For luminaires of protection class II RFI suppressed Weight: 0/ g (without/with heat sink) Unit: 72/ pcs. (without/with heat sink) With central lead exit A With heat sink and protection cover Ø 70 mm With lateral lead exit B With heat sink and protection cover Ø 0 mm 2 Typical applications Integration in luminaires Residential lighting Architectural lighting Shop lighting Furniture lighting Max. Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour Correlated Cover Luminous flux CRI Lead Energy output Version A Version B without 0/0 Hz of LEDs colour lm exit efficiency W with heat sink with heat sink heat sink V pcs. temperature (K) min. typ. R a 17. LR warm white clear > 80 central A LR2 on request on request 098 lateral LR warm white diffuse > 80 central A LR2 on request on request 201 lateral LR neutral white clear > 80 central A LR2 on request on request 099 lateral LR neutral white diffuse > 80 central A LR2 on request on request 2017 lateral Accessories Description Tape thickness Thermal conductivity 209 Cord grip with 2 screws for LED modules with heat sink 12 Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 71 mm 0.2 mm 0.8 W/mK. kv 22 Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 8 mm 0.2 mm 2 W/mK kv 0** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø 7 mm 0.17 mm 0.9 W/mK 9.8 kv * Average value (not for specification purpose) ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire) Breakdown voltage*

78 LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage V LED Modules ReadyLine C 0 Built-in LED modules with integrated driver for mains voltage Technical notes Mains voltage: V, 0/0 Hz Dimensions: Ø mm (LR21) / Ø 0 mm (LR0) Power factor: > 0.9 Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Protection cover: PC, UV-glued Welded leads for LED module without heat sink: double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 00 mm, central (only 1 W) or lateral lead exit MOV metal-oxide varistor, enclosed unassembled Fixing holes for screws M2 For luminaires of protection class II RFI suppressed Weight: 0 g Unit: pcs. 8.7W Withlateral lead exit MOV Typical applications Integration in luminaires Residential lighting Architectural lighting Shop lighting Furniture lighting 1 W With lateral lead exit 1 W With central lead exit Max. Type Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour Correlated colour Cover Luminous flux CRI Lead Energy output 0/0 Hz of LEDs temperature lm exit efficiency W V pcs. K min. typ. R a 8.7 LR21W warm white clear > 80 lateral A LR21W 87 diffuse 0 > 80 LR21W neutral white clear > 80 lateral A LR21W 89 diffuse 0 80 > 80 1 LR0W warm white clear > 80 central A LR0W 91 lateral LR0W 92 diffuse 9 > 80 central LR0W 9 lateral LR0W neutral white clear 1 12 > 80 central A LR0W 9 lateral LR0W 9 diffuse 87 0 > 80 central LR0W 97 lateral Accessories Description Tape thickness Thermal conductivity 01 Thermally conductive adhesive transfer tape Ø 1 mm 0.2 mm 0.8 W/mK. kv 19 Thermally conductive transfer tape, non-adhesive Ø 9 mm 0.2 mm 2 W/mK kv 01** Thermally conductive transfer tape, adhesive on both sides Ø mm 0.17 mm 0.9 W/mK 9.8 kv * Average value (not for specification purpose) ** For use in luminaires of protection class I (has to be tested in luminaire) Breakdown voltage* 78

79 LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage V LEDSpot ReadyLine IP Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Mains voltage: V, 0/0 Hz Metal frame, round Heat sink material: thermoconductive resin For cut-out: Ø mm Lens with clear glass Beam angle: 0 Power factor: > 0.9 MOV metal-oxide varistor, enclosed unassembled Protection class II RFI suppressed Degree of protection: IP/IP20 Unit: pcs. IP version With leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0. mm², double FEP/FEP-insulation IP20 version With screw terminals: 2. mm² A B MOV Luminous intensity distribution Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m m 1. 8 m K Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m m m K 7 Max. Type Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux CRI Light Beam Frame Energy output 0/0 Hz of LEDs temperature lm intensity* angle colour efficiency W V pcs. K min. typ. R a Candela Degree of protection: IP Drawing A. LCH warm white > silver A LCH02 97 white LCH neutral white > silver A LCH02 99 white Degree of protection: IP20 Drawing B. LCH warm white > silver A LCH white LCH neutral white > silver A LCH white * Preliminary data

80 LED Modules for Direct Connection to Mains Voltage V LEDSpot ReadyLine MR1 Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink and leads Technical notes Mains voltage: V, 0/0 Hz Lens diameter: 0 mm Beam angle: 0 Heat sink material: aluminium Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0. mm², double FEP/FEP-insulation, length: 00 mm Power factor: > 0.9 MOV metal-oxide varistor, enclosed unassembled Protection class II RFI suppressed Unit: 0 pcs. MOV Luminous intensity distribution Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m m m Max. Type Ref. No. Voltage AC Number Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux CRI Light intensity Beam Energy output 0/0 Hz of LEDs temperature lm Candela* angle efficiency W V pcs. K min. typ. R a 8.7 LR8W warm white > A LR8W 91 neutral white * Preliminary data 80

81 Pro and Prime LED Downlights DOWNLIGHTS PRO SERIES / PRIME SERIES ADVANTAGES OF VS LED DOWNLIGHTS LED Recessed Mounted Downlight The integration of solid state lighting technology to conventional down light provides optimal light distribution and extended lifetime, all at an affordable price. LED downlights are fully compatible with existing conventional downlight infrastructure, and are the perfect choice for both new and replacement markets. PRO SERIES Slim design for easy installation in low false ceiling Integrated driver, direct connection to mains without additional connectors and/or junction box Dimmable with regular phase-cut dimmer (Pro Series) Tunable white-option to regulate white colour temperature by simple switch of the mains via wall switch (Pro Tune Series) PRIME SERIES Very high efficiency of up to 0 lm/w Slim design for easy installation in low false ceiling High CRI 8 Dimmable with external dimmable drivers 81

82 Pro and Prime LED Downlights Pro Series 12 W / 18 W Advanced dimmable design (Pro Series) or tunable white function (Pro Tune Series) Voltage supply: V AC Integrated driver for direct connection to mains Allowed operating temperature: to 0 C Allowed storage temperature: to 0 C Screw terminals: 2. mm² Quantity of screw terminals: 1x2-poles primary Protection class II SELV Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: >,000 hours (L0) Pro 12 W Pro 18 W 0% 0% 0% 0% Pro 12 W Pro 18 W Pro Tune 12 W Pro Tune 18 W Type Ref. No. Colour Colour temperature CRI Luminous flux Beam Power Dimm- Efficiency System angle factor ing power K R a lm lm/w W Pro 12 W DL-PRO warm white > 0.9 Yes DL-PRO neutral white > 0.9 Yes 7 12 DL-PRO cool white > 0.9 Yes 7 12 Pro 18 W DL-PRO warm white > 0.9 Yes 7 18 DL-PRO neutral white > 0.9 Yes DL-PRO cool white > 0.9 Yes 8 18 Pro Tune DL-PROTUNE warm/neutral/cool white 000/000/ /870/80 1 > 0.9 No 1/7/72 12 DL-PROTUNE warm/neutral/cool white 000/000/ /180/120 1 > 0.9 No 7/82/79 18 Test standards: IEC/EN 098-1, IEC/EN , IEC/EN 29, IEC/EN 01, IEC/EN 00--2, IEC/EN 00--, IEC/EN 17 82

83 Pro and Prime LED Downlights Prime L Series 1 12 W / 2 W Current supply for 12 W downlight: 0 ma DC for 2 W downlight: 700 ma DC Allowed operating temperature: 0 to C Allowed storage temperature: 0 to 0 C Primary lead: PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 0,000 hours (L0) Prime L 12 W 2 2 Prime L 2 W 0% 0% 0% 0% Prime L 12 W 99% clear Prime L 12 W 87% diffuse Prime L 2 W 99% clear Prime L 2 W 87% diffuse Type Ref. No. Colour Colour temperature CRI Luminous flux Beam Power Efficiency Front plate angle transparency K R a lm W lm/w Prime L 12 W DL-PRIME-L C 0890 warm white % clear DL-PRIME-L D 0891 warm white % diffuse DL-PRIME-L C 0892 neutral white % clear DL-PRIME-L D 089 neutral white % diffuse Prime L 2 W DL-PRIME-L C 089 warm white % clear DL-PRIME-L D 089 warm white % diffuse DL-PRIME-L C 089 neutral white % clear DL-PRIME-L D 0897 neutral white % diffuse Test standards: IEC/EN 098-1, IEC/EN , IEC/EN 201, IEC/EN 271, IEC/EN 01, IEC/EN 00--2, IEC/EN 00--, IEC/EN

84 Pro and Prime LED Downlights Prime H Series 12W/2W/W Current supply for 12 W downlight: 0 ma DC for 2 W downlight: 700 ma DC for W downlight: 0 ma DC Allowed operating temperature: 0 to C Allowed storage temperature: 0 to 0 C Primary lead: PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm (12 W and 2 W) 00 mm ( W) Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: > 0,000 hours (L0) Prime H 12 W Prime H 2 W Prime H W 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Prime H 12 W 99% clear Prime H 12 W 87% diffuse Prime H 2 W 99% clear Prime H 2 W 87% diffuse Prime H W 99% clear Prime H W 87% diffuse Type Ref. No. Colour Colour temperature CRI Luminous flux Beam Power Efficiency Front plate angle transparency K R a lm W lm/w Prime H 12 W DL-PRIME-H C 0898 warm white % clear DL-PRIME-H D 0899 warm white % diffuse DL-PRIME-H C 0900 neutral white % clear DL-PRIME-H D 0901 neutral white % diffuse Prime H 2 W DL-PRIME-H C 0902 warm white % clear DL-PRIME-H D 090 warm white % diffuse DL-PRIME-H C 090 neutral white % clear DL-PRIME-H D 090 neutral white % diffuse Prime H W DL-PRIME-H C 090 warm white % clear DL-PRIME-H D 0907 warm white % diffuse DL-PRIME-H C 0908 neutral white % clear DL-PRIME-H D 0909 neutral white % diffuse Test standards: IEC/EN 098-1, IEC/EN , IEC/EN 201, IEC/EN 271, IEC/EN 01, IEC/EN 00--2, IEC/EN 00--, IEC/EN 17 8

85 Pro and Prime LED Downlights Typical Luminance At1,2andmeters 1 Pro Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature Pro-Serie 12 W Pro-Serie 18 W Pro Tune-Serie 12 W Pro Tune-Serie 18 W K 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m Warm white 000 K Neutral white 000 K Cool white 000 K Prime L Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature Prime L 12 W Prime L 2 W K 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m Warm white 000 K 99% clear Warm white 000 K 87% diffuse Neutral white 000 K 99% clear Neutral white 000 K 87% diffuse Prime H Light intensity (Lux) Colour temperature Prime H 12 W Prime H 2 W Prime H W K 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m Warm white 000 K 99% clear Warm white 000 K 87% diffuse Neutral white 000 K 99% clear Neutral white 000 K 87% diffuse

86 DecoLED DECOLED A NEW GENERATION OF DECORATION DECOLED ECO-FRIENDLY LIGHTING FOR INDOOR APPLICATIONS DecoLED, a highly efficient LED downlight, is the perfect solution for commercial and residential applications. The die-cast casing is fitted with an easy adjustment function that allows the light to be positioned at the desirable angle. The adaptable spring clip makes installation quick, easy and hassle-free, and is suitable for all types of ceiling. Thanks to the high light output of DecoLED, a W downlight can now replace a W halogen lamp. DecoLED 1 W is an ideal replacement for a PAR8 lamp 120 W and the reflector design of DecoLED 7 W is a perfect 0 W dichroic halogen retrofit. This results in an energy saving of more than 87% and reduces CO 2 emissions, all of which makes DecoLED the more environmentally sustainable option. VS DecoLED comes in different beam angles, wattages and white colours to suit any application. Going greener has never been easier for further energy-efficient and highly eco-friendly lighting options, VS provides a full range of LED modules to suit your every need. Typical applications Commercial lighting Showcase lighting Bathroom and kitchen lighting Residential lighting Entertainment lighting 8

87 DecoLED VS DecoLED A slim and compact design with integrated thermal management and high-efficiency output, making it ideal for many lighting applications. Allowed operating temperature: 20 to 0 C Allowed storage temperature: 0 to C Dimmable (dimmable LED drivers see page 119) Protection class III Degree of protection: IP20 Service life time: >,000 hrs (L0) DecoLED, W Design style: lens Current supply: 0 ma DC Beam angle: 20 and 0 Adjustable angle: 0 to Ø7 mm DecoLED W DecoLED 7 W DecoLED 1 W 0% 0% 0% DecoLED, 7 W Design style: reflector Current supply: 0 ma DC Beam angle: Adjustable angle: 0 to Ø7 mm Ø82 Ø129 DecoLED, 1 W Design style: lens Current supply: 700 ma DC Beam angle: 20 and 0 Adjustable angle: 0 to Ø11 mm 2 DecoLED W DecoLED 7 W 1 DecoLED 1 W Type Ref. No. Colour Colour temperature CRI Luminous flux Light intensity Beam angle Field angle Power Energy K R a lm cd W efficiency DecoLED, W DecoLED II 91 warm white A DecoLED II 7 warm white A+ DecoLED II 77 neutral white A+ DecoLED II 78 cool white A+ DecoLED II 79 warm white A DecoLED II 80 warm white A+ DecoLED II 81 neutral white A+ DecoLED II 82 cool white A+ DecoLED, 7 W DecoLED warm white A+ DecoLED, 1 W DecoLED II 8 warm white A DecoLED II 8 warm white A DecoLED II 01 neutral white A DecoLED II 02 cool white A DecoLED II 0 warm white A DecoLED II 0 warm white A DecoLED II 0 neutral white A DecoLED II 0 cool white A

88 DecoLED Typical Luminance Of DecoLEDs at 1, 2 and meters Intensity (lux) Colour temperature DecoLED W DecoLED 7 W DecoLED 1 W K 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m 1 m 2 m m Warm White 2700 K Warm White 000 K Neutral White 000 K Cool White 000 K DecoLED in comparison Type DecoLED Halogen lamp W W Brightness at 1 m 2,00 lux 2,00 lux Service life time,000 hrs. (L0) 2,000 hrs. System power (incl. driver/transformer) 7 W 0 W 12 hrs operation per day 1 kwh/year 17 kwh/year Energy savings 1 kwh/year LED Constant Current Drivers You will find LED drivers for the DecoLED modules on pages

89 LEDSpots for Retail, Residential and Furniture Lighting FOR RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL AND FURNITURE LIGHTING CONVENIENT LED TECHNOLOGY As the perfect replacement for halogen lamps, the new LED modules made by VS are ideal for use in furniture, false ceilings as well as cooker hoods. These LED modules are available with high-power LEDs and different optics attachments. The circular or square metal frame is available in a white, silver, Diffuse silver or gold finish. Furthermore, flexible snap-in fasteners make it extremely easy and quick to exchange halogen spots, which are still in widespread use. The package is rounded off by a matching LED drivers housed in a compact casing plus a set of cables with preassembled plugs for connecting up to two LED modules. Typical applications for LEDSpots Replacement of more common lamps (AR111, MR1, MR11) Integration in luminaires (except PRO series) Marking paths, stairs, etc. Furniture lighting (IP version for humid rooms) Light advertising Entertainment, shop design The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at 89

90 LEDSpots for Retail, Residential and Furniture Lighting Technical Features of LEDSpots at a Glance The use of LEDs offers many advantages in comparison to conventional lighting solutions. LEDSpot LED Brief description White Beam Degree Typ. Frame Replacement for Page type tones* angle / of pro- luminous for cut-out halogen spots CRI tection flux (lm) Built-in LEDSpot ShopLine COB Built-in spot LUGA, reflector, aluminium heat sink WW, NW 12, 1, 2, 8 CRI > 80/90 IP HID 20 0 W 91 ShopLine COB Built-in spot LUGA, reflector, aluminium heat sink ShopLine COB Built-in spot LUGA, reflector, aluminium heat sink ActiveLine LUGA 0 COB Built-in spot LUGA, reflector, aluminium heat sink ActiveLine LUGA COB Built-in spot LUGA, reflector, aluminium heat sink ActiveLine 900 COB Built-in spot, reflector, aluminium heat sink ActiveLine 800 COB Built-in spot, reflector, aluminium heat sink ActiveLine 00 COB Built-in spot, reflector, aluminium heat sink ActiveLine Quad SMD Built-in spot, LEDs, optics, thermoplastic heat sink ActiveLine Triple SMD Built-in spot, LEDs, optics, thermoplastic heat sink LED modules for direct connection to mains voltage ReadyLine IP SMD Built-in spot, 12 LEDs, thermoconducive resin heat sink ReadyLine MR1 SMD Built-in spot, 8 LEDs, aluminium heat sink Complete LEDSpots with frame ActiveLine PRO COB/ ActiveLine with frame SMD WW, NW 1, 2, 8 CRI > 80/90 IP HID 70 W 91 WW, NW 12, 1, IP HID 20 0 W 9 2, 8 CRI > 80/90 WW, NW 2, 0 CRI > 80/90 IP20 00 GU/GZ, 0 W GU., 0 W (MR1), HID 20 W 9 WW, NW 2, 0 IP20 00 GU/GZ, 0 W 9 CRI > 80/90 GU., 0 W (MR1) HID 20 W WW, NW 2, 0 IP GU/GZ, 0 W 9 GU., 0 W (MR1) WW, NW, 20, 0 IP GU/GZ, 0 W 97 CW GU., 0 W (MR1) WW, NW 20, 0 IP20 00 GU/GZ, W 98 GU., W (MR1) WW, NW,, 20, IP GU/GZ, 0 W 99 CW, 0 GU., 0 W (MR1) WW, NW, 20, IP20 00 GU/GZ, W 0, 0 GU., W (MR1) WW, NW 0 IP20/ 70 G9, G/G(Y). 79 IP 20 W WW, NW 0 IP20 70 GU/GZ, 0 W 80 GU., W (MR1) see built-in see built-in IP20 see built-in round, GU/GZ, GU. (MR1) 1 spots spots spots square, 0 W, HID 20 W Ø 7 mm IPLine XT SMD Degree of protection IP, WW, NW IP 200/00 round, G9, G/G(Y). 2 COB COB thermoplastic heat sink Ø mm 20 W SmartLine COB COB 1 LED, for built-in into ceilings or luminaire sheets, thermoplastic heat sink WW, NW IP0 00 round, square, Ø mm SmartLine XT SMD 1 LED, for built-in into ceilings WW, NW 0 IP0 200 round, or luminaire sheets, square, aluminium heat sink Ø mm DiscLine XT SMD 1 LED, for built-in into ceilings WW, NW 20, 0 IP0 200 round, or luminaire sheets, Ø mm thermoplastic heat sink StartLine XB SMD 1 LED, for built-in into luminaire WW, NW 20, 0 IP round, G9, G/G(Y). 20 W G9, G/G(Y). 20 W G9, G/G(Y). 20 W G9, G/G(Y). sheets, thermoplastic heat sink Ø mm 20 W EffectLine XT SMD 1 LED, for built-in into ceilings, WW, NW 8, 1, IP round, G9, G/G(Y). 7 thermoplastic heat sink 2, square, 20 W Ø 7 mm * WW = warm white, NW = neutral white, CW = cool white 90

91 LEDSpots for Retail Lighting HID Replacement ShopLine 111 Replacement for AR111 1 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug Technical notes Reflector diameter: 111 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Dimensions H1 = 0 mm; H = 99. mm H1 = 0 mm; H = 119. mm H1 = 80 mm; H = 19. mm Allowed operating temperature at t p point: C (L90/B) Max operating temperature t c : 8 C Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0. mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 00 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight H1 = 0 mm: g H1 = 0 mm: 0 g H1 = 80 mm: 0 g Unit: pcs. With plug Without plug 2 Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated Typ luminous flux* and efficency at CRI Beam Energy with without colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma angle efficiency plug plug temperature (K) lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w R a H1 = 0 mm ShopLine (P el =.9 W) (P el = 7.1 W) (P el =.2 W) (P el = 1.0 W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A ShopLine warm white > 80 A ShopLine neutral white > 80 A H1 = 0 mm ShopLine (P el = 8.7 W) (P el = 12.8 W) (P el = 18.8 W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 A+ H1 = 0 mm ShopLine (P el = 12. W) (P el = 18. W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A++ ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A++ ShopLine warm white > 80 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 A++ CRI > 90 Further colour temperatures 2700 K and 0 K (pearl white) on request * Values without reflector

92 LEDSpots for Retail Lighting HID Replacement ShopLine 111 Replacement for AR111 Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated Typ luminous flux* and efficency at CRI Beam Energy with without colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma angle efficiency plug plug temperature (K) lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w R a H1 = 0 mm ShopLine (P el = 12. W) (P el = 18. W) (P el = 27.0 W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A++ ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A++ ShopLine warm white > 80 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 A++ H1 = 80 mm ShopLine (P el = 8.7 W) (P el = 12.8 W) (P el = 18.8 W) (P el = 28.8 W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 A+ H1 = 80 mm ShopLine (P el = 1. W) (P el = 2. W) (P el =.9 W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 A+ CRI > 90 Further colour temperatures 2700 K and 0 K (pearl white) on request * Values without reflector 92

93 LEDSpots for Retail Lighting HID Replacement ShopLine lm Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug 1 Technical notes Reflector diameter: 8 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at t p point: C (L90/B) Max operating temperature t c : 8 C Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0. mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 00 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight: 7 g Unit: pcs. With plug Without plug 2 Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated Typ luminous flux and efficency at CRI Beam Energy with without colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma angle efficiency plug plug temperature (K) lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w lm lm/w R a ShopLine 8 1 (P el =.9 W) (P el = 7.1 W) (P el =.2 W) (P el = 1.0 W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A ShopLine warm white > 80 A ShopLine neutral white > 80 A ShopLine (P el = 8.7 W) (P el = 12.8 W) (P el = 18.8 W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 A+ ShopLine (P el = 12. W) (P el = 18. W) (P el = 27.0 W) ShopLine warm white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 1 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 2 A+ ShopLine warm white > 80 A+ ShopLine neutral white > 80 A+ CRI > 90 Further colour temperatures 2700 K and 0 K (pearl white) on request

94 LEDSpots for Retail Lighting HID Replacement LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA 0 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug Technical notes Reflector diameter: 0 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to C (L90/B) Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0. mm², FEP-insulation and neoprene sleeve, length: 200 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight: 00 g Unit: pcs. With plug Without plug tc point Luminous intensity distribution at 0 ma Luminous intensity distribution at 0 ma Beam angle: 2 Beam angle: 0 Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Ø lx 1m Ø lx 1m Ø lx 1m 0. 0 Ø lx 1m Ø lx 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m 0.7 lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m m m m m m m m m m 1. 2m 1. 0 m m m 1.2 m m m m m m m K 000 K 000 K 000 K CRI > K CRI > K 000 K 000 K 000 K CRI > K CRI > 90 Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated CRI Luminous flux* (lm) at Light Energy with without colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 0 ma intensity efficiency plug plug temperature (P el =.9 W) (P el = 7.1 W) (P el =.2 W) (P el = 1 W) 0 ma 0 ma K R a min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. Candela Narrow beam angle: 2 LugaSpot COB 0lm 2700K 87 8 warm white /+12 > A LugaSpot COB 0lm 000K warm white 000 7/+1 > A LugaSpot COB 0lm 000K neutral white /+18 > A LugaSpot COB 0lm 000K 8 8 warm white 000 7/+1 > A LugaSpot COB 0lm 000K 8 82 neutral white /+18 > A Medium beam angle: 0 LugaSpot COB 0lm 2700K warm white /+12 > A LugaSpot COB 0lm 000K 8 82 warm white 000 7/+1 > A LugaSpot COB 0lm 000K neutral white /+18 > A LugaSpot COB 0lm 000K 87 8 warm white 000 7/+1 > A LugaSpot COB 0lm 000K 8 8 neutral white /+18 > A * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C 9

95 LEDSpots for Retail Lighting HID/Halogen Replacement LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA 1 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug Technical notes Reflector diameter: 0 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to C (L90/B) Colour accuracy initially: SDCM; after 0,000 hrs. operating time: SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required The ceramic PCB ensures optimum thermal management Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight: 1 g Unit: pcs. With plug Without plug tc point Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Beam angle: 2 Beam angle: 0 Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Ø lx 1m m m K lx Ø 1m m 0.88 m K Ø lx 1m m m K lx lx Ø Ø 1m m m m 0.88 m m K CRI > K CRI > 90 lx Ø 1m m 1. 2 m K lx Ø 1m m 1. 0 m K lx Ø 1m m 1. 7 m K lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m 1. 1 m m K CRI > K CRI > 90 7 Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated CRI Luminous flux* (lm) at Light Beam Energy with without colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma intensity angle efficiency plug plug temperature (P el =.9 W) (P el = 7.1 W) (P el =.2 W) 700 ma 700 ma K R a min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. Candela Narrow beam angle: 2 LugaSpot COB 00lm 2700K warm white /+12 > A+ LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K warm white 000 7/+1 > A+ LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K neutral white /+18 > A+ LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K warm white 000 7/+1 > A+ LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K neutral white /+18 > A+ Medium beam angle: 0 LugaSpot COB 00lm 2700K warm white /+12 > A+ LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K warm white 000 7/+1 > A+ LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K neutral white /+18 > A+ LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K warm white 000 7/+1 > A+ LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K neutral white /+18 > A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C 8 9 9

96 LEDSpots for Residential Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot ActiveLine 900 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug Technical notes Reflector diameter: 0 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to 8 C (L70/B0) Colour accuracy: SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight: 1 g Unit: pcs. With plug Without plug tc point Luminous intensity distribution at 00 ma Luminous intensity distribution at 00 ma Beam angle: 2 Beam angle: 0 Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m m m m m m m 1. 0 m m m m m m K 000 K 000 K 2700 K 000 K 000 K Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated CRI Luminous flux* (lm) at Light Beam Energy with without colour 0 ma 00 ma intensity angle efficiency plug plug temperature (P el = 7.11 W) (P el =. W) 00 ma 00 ma K R a min. typ. min. typ. Candela Narrow beam angle: 2 Spot COB 900lm 2700K warm white > A+ Spot COB 900lm 000K warm white > A+ Spot COB 900lm 000K neutral white > A+ Medium beam angle: 0 Spot COB 900lm 2700K warm white > A+ Spot COB 900lm 000K warm white > A+ Spot COB 900lm 000K neutral white > A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t c = 70 C 9

97 LEDSpots for Residential Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot ActiveLine Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug Technical notes Reflector diameter: 0 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to 8 C (L70/B0) Colour accuracy: SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight: 1 g Unit: pcs. With plug Without plug tc point Luminous intensity distribution at 0 ma Luminous intensity distribution at 0 ma Beam angle: 20 Beam angle: Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m m m m m m m m 2. 1 m K 000 K 000 K 00 K 2700 K 000 K 000 K 00 K Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated CRI Luminous flux* (lm) at Light Beam Energy with without colour 0 ma intensity angle efficiency plug plug temperature (P el = 9.8 W) 0 ma 0 ma K R a min. typ. Candela Narrow beam angle: 20 Spot COB 800lm 2700K warm white > A Spot COB 800lm 000K warm white > A+ Spot COB 800lm 000K neutral white > A+ Spot COB 800lm 00K cool white > A+ Medium beam angle: 0 Spot COB 800lm 2700K warm white > A Spot COB 800lm 000K warm white > A+ Spot COB 800lm 000K neutral white > A+ Spot COB 800lm 00K cool white > A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t c = 70 C

98 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot ActiveLine 00 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with a reflector, heat sink, leads and optional plug Technical notes Reflector diameter: 0 mm Heat sink material: aluminium Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 0 to 8 C (L70/B0) Colour accuracy: SDCM Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Plastic clear cover to protect reflector (opaque cover on request) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 200 mm, with or without plug With integrated cord grip Weight: 7 g Unit: pcs. With plug Without plug tc point Luminous intensity distribution at 0 ma Luminous intensity distribution at 0 ma Beam angle: 20 Beam angle: 0 Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m m m m m m m m 2. 8 m K 000 K 000 K 000 K Type Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated CRI Luminous flux* (lm) at Light Beam Energy with without colour 0 ma intensity angle efficiency plug plug temperature (P el =. W) 0 ma 0 ma K Ra min. typ. Candela Narrow beam angle: 20 Spot COB 00lm 000K warm white > A+ Spot COB 00lm 000K neutral white > A+ Medium beam angle: 0 Spot COB 00lm 000K warm white > A+ Spot COB 00lm 000K neutral white > A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t c = 70 C 98

99 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 1 Built-in LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink and leads Thanks to the use of four highly efficient LEDs XTE, LEDSpot Quad modules guarantee an extremely high lumen output of more than 700 lm at max. 700 ma. The LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad modules are available in cool white, neutral white and warm white. The modules are available with a fixed, 20, or 0 optical attachment to enable the creation of different lighting scenes. 12,8 7, Technical notes Lens diameter: 0 mm Heat sink material: thermoconductive resin Pre-assembled leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 00 mm Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to 80 C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Colour rendering index: white R a = 7, warm white R a = 80 ESD protection class 2 Weight: 90 g Unit: pcs. Ø0 Ø Luminous intensity distribution 000 K at 700 ma Light intensity (lux) Ø lx 1m Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m Light intensity (lux) Ø lx 1m Light intensity (lux) Ø lx 1m m m m m m m 1.0 m m Type Description Ref. No. Ref. No. Colour Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) at Beam Light Energy with without colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma angle intensity efficiency plug plug temperature (P el =.99 W) (P el =.8 W) (P el = 8. W) 700 ma 700 ma K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. Candela LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad LRW XTE 000K bin Q warm white A LRW XTE 000K bin Q neutral white A+ LRW XPE 00K bin Q cool white A+ LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 20 LRW XTE 000K bin Q warm white A LRW XTE 000K bin Q neutral white A+ LRW XPE 00K bin Q cool white A+ LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad LRW XTE 000K bin Q warm white A LRW XTE 000K bin Q neutral white A+ LRW XPE 00K bin Q cool white A+ LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad 0 LRW XTE 000K bin Q warm white A LRW XTE 000K bin Q neutral white A+ LRW XPE 00K bin Q cool white A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C

100 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot ActiveLine Triple Built-in LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink and leads Thanks to the use of three highly efficient LEDs XTE, LEDSpot Triple modules guarantee an extremely high lumen output of more than 00 lm at max. 700 ma. The LEDSpot ActiveLine Triple modules are available in neutral white and warm white. The modules are available with a fixed, 20, or 0 optical attachment to enable the creation of different lighting scenes. 1,9 7, Technical notes Lens diameter: 0 mm Heat sink material: thermoconductive resin Pre-assembled leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 00 mm Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to C Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Aluminium PCB for optimum thermal management Colour rendering index: white R a = 7, warm white R a = 80 ESD protection class 2 Weight: 90 g Unit: pcs. Ø0 Luminous intensity distribution 000 K at 700 ma Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m Ø Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m Light intensity (lux) Ø lx 1m Light intensity (lux) Ø lx 1m m m m m m m m m Type Description Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour Luminous flux* (lm) at Beam Light Energy temperature 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma angle intensity efficiency (P el = 2.99 W) (P el =. W) (P el =.8 W) 700 ma 700 ma K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. Candela LEDSpot ActiveLine Triple LRW XTE 000K min Q 887 warm white A+ LRW XTE 000K min Q 8879 neutral white A+ LEDSpot ActiveLine Triple 20 LRW XTE 000K min Q 887 warm white A+ LRW XTE 000K min Q 8878 neutral white A+ LEDSpot ActiveLine Triple LRW XTE 000K min Q 887 warm white A+ LRW XTE 000K min Q 8877 neutral white A+ LEDSpot ActiveLine Triple 0 LRW XTE 000K min Q 8872 warm white A+ LRW XTE 000K min Q 887 neutral white A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C 0

101 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpots ActiveLine PRO 1 Complete LEDSpot equipped with a reflector or optics, heat sink, leads with plug and metal frame Technical notes Adjustable metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 7 mm Medium beam angle: 0 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0. mm², PVC-insulation, length: 0 mm, with connector Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP20 For other colour temperatures or beam angles see: LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA (page 9), LEDSpot ActiveLine 800 (page 97), LEDSpot ActiveLine 00 (page 98), LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad (page 99) Unit: pcs. ActiveLine PRO LUGA / 800 ActiveLine PRO 00 ActiveLine PRO Quad 2 Luminous intensity distribution Please see on pages 9 to 99 Round frame Round frame Round frame Square frame Square frame Square frame Typ LEDSpot Colour Correlated CRI Luminous flux* (lm) at Light Beam Energy version colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma intensity angle efficiency temperature K R a min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. Candela LEDSpot ActiveLine LugaSpot COB 00lm 000K A warm white 000 7/+1 > A+ Spot COB 800lm 000K B warm white > A+ Spot COB 00lm 000K C warm white > A+ LRW XTE 000K bin Q D warm white > A *Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C (A, D), t c = 70 C (B, C) 7 8 LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA LEDSpot ActiveLine 800 LEDSpot ActiveLine 00 LEDSpot ActiveLine Quad Frame colour Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. A (warm white) B (warm white) C (warm white) D (warm white) round square round square round square round square silver silver brushed white

102 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot IPLine Complete LEDSpot IP equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Reflector with clear glass (opaque glass on request) Beam angle: or 0 (XTE), 0 (COB) Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 20 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP Unit: 90 pcs. LCH-022 / LCH Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Beam angle: (LCH-022) Beam angle: 0 (LCH-022) Luminous intensity distribution at 0 ma Beam angle: 0 (LCH-02) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Ø lx Ø lx Ø lx Ø lx Ø lx Ø lx Ø lx Ø lx 1m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m 2. 2 m 2. 7 m K 00 K 00 K 000 K 00 K 00 K 000 K 000 K Type Description LEDSpot Colour Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) at Light intensity Beam Energy version colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma Candela angle efficiency temperature K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. 700 ma LEDSpot IPLine (LCH-022) (P el = 0.98 W) (P el = 1.8 W) (P el = 2.17 W) 0 LCH-022 XTE 000K bin min Q A warm white A+ LCH-022 XTE 00K bin min Q B neutral white A++ LCH-022 XTE 000K bin min R C cool white A++ LEDSpot IPLine COB (LCH-02) (P el =. W) 0 ma / 0 LCH-02 COB 000K bin min Q D warm white A+ LCH-02 COB 200K bin min Q E neutral white A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C LEDSpot IPLine LEDSpot IPLine COB Frame Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. colour A (warm white) B (neutral white) C (cool white) D (warm white) E (neutral white) silver white

103 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot SmartLine COB 1 Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø mm LEDSpot with one LED and with an aluminium heat sink Beam angle: 0 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 20 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaire sheets (type LCH-017 and -020) for ceilings (type LCH-019 and -021) Degree of protection: IP0 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-017 and -020), 0 pcs. (type LCH-019 and -021) LCH-017 LCH LCH-020 LCH Luminous intensity distribution at 0 ma Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m m m K 2m m K 7 Type Description LEDSpot LEDSpot Colour Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) Light Frame shape Energy version version colour at 0 ma intensity efficiency for luminaire for ceiling temperature (P el =. W) 0 ma sheets K min. typ. Candela round square All types COB 000K 0 A C warm white round square A+ All types COB 200K 0 B D neutral white round square A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t c = 2 C 8 For luminaire sheets (LCH-017 and LCH-020) For ceilings (LCH-019 and LCH-021) Frame Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. colour A (warm white) B (neutral white) C (warm white) D (neutral white) round square round square round square round square silver silver mat gold white

104 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot SmartLine XT Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 0 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 20 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaire sheets (type LCH-002 and -008) for ceilings (type LCH-00 and -009) Degree of protection: IP0 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-002 and -008), 0 pcs. (type LCH-00 and -009) LCH-002 0,-1 Ø7,7 ±0,2 18,±0,2 LCH-00 Ø7,7 ± tc tc 8±0,2 LCH-008 LCH ,-1 72, 18 ±0,2,±0,2, 72 21,2 ر0,2 Tc point Tc point Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma 8±0,2 Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m m m m m K m K m K Type Description LEDSpot LEDSpot Colour Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) at Light Frame shape Energy version version colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma intensity efficiency for luminaire for ceiling temperature (P el = 0.98 W) (P el = 1.8 W) (P el = 2.17 W) 700 ma sheets K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. Candela round square All types XTE 000K bin Q A D warm white round square A+ All types XTE 00K bin Q B E neutral white round square A+ All types XTE 000K bin R C F cool white round square A++ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C For luminaire sheets (LCH-002 and LCH-008) For ceilings (LCH-00 and LCH-009) Frame Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. colour A (warm white) B (neutral white) C (cool white) D (warm white) E (neutral white) F (cool white) round square round square round square round square round square round square silver silver mat gold white

105 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot DiscLine Comlete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame 1 Technical notes Metal frame, round For cut-out: Ø mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Reflector with clear glass (opaque glass on request) Beam angle: or 0 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 20 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation for luminaires sheets (type LCH-00) for ceilings (type LCH-007) Degree of protection: IP0 Unit: 90 pcs. (type LCH-00), 0 pcs. (type LCH-007) LCH-00 0,-1 Ø8, ر0.2 1,2 21,±0,2 LCH-007 Ø8, 1,2 21 ر0,2 2 tc tc 8±0, Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Beam angle: Beam angle: Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m 1.70 lx Ø 1m m lx Ø 1m m m m m m m m K 00 K 00 K 000 K 00 K 00 K Type Description LEDSpot LEDSpot Colour Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) at Light intensity Energy version version colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 700 ma efficiency for luminaire for ceiling temperature (P el = 0.98 W) (P el = 1.8 W) (P el = 2.17 W) Candela sheet K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ. 0 All types XTE 000K min Q A D warm white A+ All types XTE 00K min Q B E neutral white A++ All types XTE 000K min R C F cool white A++ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C For luminaire sheets (LCH-00) For ceilings (LCH-007) Frame Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. colour A (warm white) B (neutral white) C (cool white) D (warm white) E (neutral white) F (cool white) silver silver brushed white

106 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot StartLine Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and frame Technical notes Frame, round: resin (LCH-01) or steel (LCH-01) For cut-out: Ø mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 20 or 0 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0. mm², PVC-insulation, length: 20 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP20 Unit: 90 pcs. LCH-01 LCH Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Beam angle: 20 Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Beam angle: 0 Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) lx Ø 1m 0. 0 lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m 0.70 lx Ø 1m lx Ø 1m m m m m m 1.0 2m m m m m m 2. 2 m K 000 K 70 K 000 K 000 K 70 K Type Description LEDSpot Colour Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) at Light intensity Energy version colour 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 700 ma efficiency temperature (P el = 1.02 W) (P el = 1.9 W) (P el = 2.17 W) Candela K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ All types XBD Min Q2 A warm white A+ All types XBD Min Q B neutral white A+ All types XBD Min Q C cool white A+ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C With resin frame (LCH-01) With steel frame (LCH-01) Frame Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. Frame Ref. No. Ref. No. Ref. No. colour A (warm white) B (neutral white) C (cool white) colour A (warm white) B (neutral white) C (cool white) silver mat silver white white

107 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot EffectLine XTE Complete LEDSpot equipped with optics, heat sink, leads and metal frame 1 Technical notes Metal frame, round or square For cut-out: Ø 7 mm LEDSpot with one LED and with thermoplastic heat sink Beam angle: 8, 1, 2 or Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors AWG22, PVC-insulation, length: 20 mm Use of external LED constant-current drivers required Snap-in clips for easy installation Degree of protection: IP20 Unit: pcs. LCH-0 0, 1 LCH-011 0, Ø0 Ø7 0 Ø Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Beam angle: 8 Beam angle: 1 Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) lx lx lx lx Ø Ø Ø Ø 1m m m m m m m m m m m m K 00 K 000 K 00 K Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Luminous intensity distribution at 700 ma Beam angle: 2 Beam angle: Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) Light intensity (lux) lx lx lx lx Ø Ø Ø Ø 1m m m m m m m 1. 2m m m 1.8 m m K 00 K 000 K 00 K Type Description LEDSpot Colour Correlated Luminous flux* (lm) at Light intensity Energy version colour temperature 0 ma 00 ma 700 ma 700 ma efficiency (P el = 0.98 W) (P el = 1.8 W) (P el = 2.17 W) Candela K min. typ. min. typ. min. typ All types XTE 000K bin Q A warm white A+ All types XTE 00K bin Q B neutral white A++ * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 8 C Frame Ref. No. Ref. No. colour A (warm white) B (neutral white) round square round square silver white

108 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement LEDSpot Sets on request, you will receive complete sets that contain the desired number of LEDSpots, a respective number of cable sets and the required LED drivers. Several examples of such sets can be seen to the right. Contact us we will gladly support you when it comes to dimensioning your lighting application. LEDSpot Set set 1 Ref. No.: 29 / 0 LEDSpot Set set 2 Ref. No.: 2 / LEDSpot Set set Ref. No.: LEDSpot Set set Ref. No.: Set No. Ref. No. Sets includes LEDSpot Beam angle Frame Driver Lead set piece LEDSpot ActiveLine LUGA Pro 000 K 0 round silver 180 inclusive 0 2 pieces ActiveLine LUGA Pro 000 K piece ActiveLine 00 Pro 000 K pieces ActiveLine 00 Pro 000 K pieces SmartLine COB 000 K pieces StartLine 000 K 188 8

109 LEDSpots for Residential and Furniture Lighting Halogen Replacement Lead sets ForLEDSpotswithconnectors Brown cable Blue cable 1,9 1 Lead sets with connector for easy and fast connection Connector material: PA, natural, UL9V-0 Leads: Cu tinned, stranded conductors 0. mm², PVC-insulation, with connector, lead ends: ferrules on bare end of core Brown cable Blue cable 1, Black cable Red cable Red cable Lead sets Lead sets with connector and lead ends for LED constant current drivers in LiteLine casing Weight: 18//8/90 g, unit: pcs. Ref. No.: 029 with 1 connector Ref. No.: 88 with 2 connectors Ref. No.: 1 with connectors Ref. No.: 929 with connectors Ref. No.: 1 with connectors Brown cable Blue cable 000 1, Black cable Red cable Red cable Brown cable 1, Black cable Blue cable Red cable Red cable Surface Kit Plastic frame to use IPLine, SmartLine and StartLine as surface mounting spots Two single pole terminal for electrical connection inside the kit Fixation by self tapping screws Unit: 90 pcs. Ref. No.: 8 white Ref. No.: 8 silver Surface Kit with IPLine, StartLine 7 Please refer to the following pages for any technical details: IPLine XT/COB: page 2 SmartLine: page StartLine: page Surface Kit with SmartLine Assembly example 8 9 9

110 LED Constant Current Drivers LEDLINE ECX DIMMABLE AND NON-DIMMABLE ELECTRONIC STABILISED POWER SUPPLIES LED CONSTANT CURRENT DRIVERS Electronic converters for LED modules operated with constant current drivers To ensure the safe operation of LEDs that are wired in series, the operating current must be limited to a constant value by the ballapcs. Light-emitting diodes are semiconductor devices with a light-emitting p-n junction. Due to the specific diode characteristics, the current can only flow through an LED in one direction. Coupled with the special properties of a semiconductor, this non-linear behaviour can increase the current and power uptake of an LED as it heats up. If this effect is not limited, uncontrolled heating can finally destroy the semiconductor junction. For this reason, VS recommends using an external constant current driver to operate all constant current driven LED modules. To ensure that the same current flows through every LED, constant current driven LED modules can only be wired in series. The constant current source has to be selected to suit the respective application, i.e. it must supply the required current and also provide sufficient voltage for the LED string. The number of VS LED modules that can be connected to a single operating device is dependent on the forward voltage of the respective modules. LEDLine ECX OVERLOAD PROTECTION SHORT CIRCUITING PROTECTION SELV OR SELV EQUIVALENT 0,000 HRS OR 0,000 HRS SERVICE LIFE TIME 1

111 LED Constant Current Drivers Product Overview of LED Drivers The electronic constant current drivers are optimised to operate constant current driven LED modules. Before connecting LED modules ensure that the power supply is disconnected from mains. Most converters are designed for DC-operation (mains frequency: 0 Hz) and can be used for emergency power supplies. Cutting ambient and casing temperatures by only C can increase the average 0,000-hour service life of ECO EffectLine drivers up to an impressive 0,000 hours. Main application fields Capacity range Output current Variants Average Failure rate/ Shape Page DC service life time 00 hrs W ma hrs % Residential./7 0/700 ECO EffectLine 0,000 < Residential 8 0 Standard 0,000 < Residential 11/1/17/ 20 0/00/700/0 Standard + EN 0 0,000 < 0.2 LiteLine Residential 19./20/22. 0/00/700 Standard 0,000 < Residential/Downlights /1/18/27/ 0/00/700 ECO EffectLine + Dimmable 0,000 < Residential/Downlights 12./1/20. 0/00/700 ECO EffectLine 0,000 < Residential/Downlights ECO EffectLine 0,000 < Residential/Downlights 0/ 700/0 EffectLine + Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 K 118 Residential/Downlights 1. 0 ECO EffectLine 0,000 < Retail 17/20/2/ 0/00/700/0 ECO EffectLine,000 < 0.2 K2.1/K Retail 18.9/1/.9 0/700/900 EffectLine 0,000 < 0.2 M/K 121 Retail 2/7 700 Standard + Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 K2.1/K Retail 27/0/0 00/700/0 Standard 0,000 < 0.2 M/K 120 Retail /0/0 700/0 Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 K 12 Retail 0/1./0 700/900/0 EffectLine 0,000 < 0.2 M/K 122 Retail 0/0 700/0 Standard + 12 V interface < 0,2 K 12 Office/Indoor x9/1/2x20/2x0 7 x0/0/00/700 0 Standard + Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 K21/M.1/ M 11 Office/Indoor 2x20/2x0/ 2x70 2x0/2x00/700 2x700 Standard + Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 M/M11/ M Industry 112/12 700/0 Standard + Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 M/K8 1 1 Outdoor Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 K2 129 (current adjustable) Outdoor Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 K 10 (current adjustable) Street 2 0 Standard 0,000 < 0.2 K0 17 Street 0 0 Dimmable 0,000 < 0.2 Street 7/0/ 700 Standard + Dimmable 0,000 < Street 82/90 700/00/0 Dimmable 0,000 < Street (2 channels) 2x700 Standard + Dimmable 0,000 < (1 channel) 1x700 Street Standard (power reduction) 0,000 < 0.2 K

112 LED Constant Current Drivers Residential LED Constant Current Drivers 0 ma / 8 W to 0 ma / 20 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0. Service life time: 0,000 hrs Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Screw terminals: 2. mm² Quantity of screw terminals: 1x2-poles primary 1x2-poles secondary With integrated cord grip (except 18180) A,2 0,7,2, () 7, 2 (,8),8 21, Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV equivalent B Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Draw- Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature ing 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: x0.7x21. mm 8 ECXe ± % > to 0 80 A Dimensions: 128x7x28 mm 11 ECXe ± % 2 2 > to 0 70 B ECXe ± % 2 2 > to 0 7 B ECXe ± % > to 0 7 B ECXe ± % > to 7 B

113 LED Constant Current Drivers Residential LED Constant Current Drivers 1 For applications according to EN 0 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0. Service life time: 0,000 hrs Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Screw terminals: 2. mm² Quantity of screw terminals: 1x2-poles primary 1x2-poles secondary With integrated cord grip Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV equivalent 2 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 128x7x28 mm 17 ECXe ± % > to

114 LED Constant Current Drivers Residential LED Constant Current Drivers 0 ma / 19. W, 00 ma / 20 W, 700 ma / 22. W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz With integrated throuh-wiring Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: 2x2-poles primary 1x2-poles secondary With integrated cord grip Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 18x7x mm 19. ECXe ± % 1 > 88 2 to ECXe ± % > 88 2 to ECXe ± % > 88 2 to

115 LED Constant Current Drivers Residential LED Constant Current Drivers ECO EffectLine 1 0 ma / 7 W to 700 ma /. W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0. Service life time: 0,000 hrs (reduction of t a and t c temperature by only C can increase the expected service life time to up to 0,000 hrs) Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads primary: 2x0.7 mm² secondary: 2x mm² Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 82x2.x2 mm 7 ECXe ± % < 0 > 70 1 to 7. ECXe ± % < 0 > 70 1 to

116 LED Constant Current Drivers Residential/Downlights LED Constant Current Drivers ECO EffectLine 0 ma / 12. W, 00 ma / 1 W, 700 ma / 20. and 2.2 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0. (2 W: > 0.9) Service life time: 0,000 hrs (reduction of t a and t c temperature by only C can increase the expected service life time to up to 0,000 hrs) Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Screw terminals: mm² Quantity of screw terminals: 1x2-poles primary 1x2-poles secondary /2 118/11 12/1 1/1 19 / 2 Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Dimensions Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature LxWxH DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C mm g 12. ECXe ± % 8. < 0 > 8 1 to 7 12xx19 1 ECXe ± % 8 0 < 0 > 8 1 to 7 12xx ECXe ± % 8 29 < 0 > 8 1 to 7 12xx ECXe ± 8% 22 < 0 > 88 1 to 70 1x2x2 11

117 LED Constant Current Drivers Residential/Downlights LED Constant Current Drivers ECO EffectLine 1 0 ma / 1. W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.98 Service life time: 0,000 hrs (reduction of t a and t c temperature by only C can increase the expected service life time to up to 0,000 hrs) Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Screw terminals: mm² Quantity of screw terminals: 1x2-poles primary 1x2-poles secondary Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 1x1x2 mm 1. ECXe ± % 20 0 < 0 > 88 1 to

118 LED Constant Current Drivers Residential/Downlights LED Constant Current Drivers EffectLine 700 ma / 0 W and 0 ma / W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 (ECXe: > 0.98) Service life time: 0,000 hrs K 1. Dimming (Type ECXd) Dimmable with phase-cutting leading- and trailing-edge dimmer (phase-cutting trailing-edge is recommended). Minimum dimmer load has to be observed. The compatibility of the driver and the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoide flickering and/or noises.. 1. () (.). 0 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV K with cord grip 1 1 (.) (). 0 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 9x0x1. mm 0 ECXe ± % 17 2 < 0 > 88 2 to Dimmable Dimensions: 9x0x1. mm ECXd ± % 18 < 0 > 8 to 0 7 Dimmable Dimensions: 127x0x1. mm ECXd ± % 18 < 0 > 8 to

119 LED Constant Current Drivers Residential/Downlights Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers ECO EffectLine 700 ma / W 1 2 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 ( W: > 0.8) Service life time: 0,000 hrs (reduction of t a and t c temperature by only C can increase the expected service life time to up to 0,000 hrs) Dimming Dimmable with phase-cutting leading- and trailing-edge dimmer (phase-cutting trailing-edge is recommended). Minimum dimmer load has to be observed. The compatibility of the driver and the dimmer has to be confirmed prior to installation to avoide flickering and/or noises. /1 118/1 12/1 1 19/2 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Screw terminals: 2. mm² Quantity of screw terminals: 2x2-poles primary 2x2-poles secondary Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV Max. Type Ref. No. Mains Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Dimensions Weight output voltage current output output without load at temperature temperature LxWxH 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C mm g Dimensions: 12xx19 mm ECXd ± % > 78 1 to 80 12xx19 70 ECXd ± % > 80 1 to 80 12xx ECXd ± % > 82 1 to 80 12xx19 70 Dimensions: 1x1x2 mm 18 ECXd ± % > 8 1 to 80 1x1x ECXd ± % > 8 1 to 80 1x1x2 2 ECXd ± % 22 0 > 8 1 to 80 1x1x2 ECXd ± % > 8 1 to 80 1x1x

120 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail LED Constant Current Drivers 00 ma / 27 W, 700 ma / 0 W and 0 ma / 0 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.98 Service life time: 0,000 hrs M, 99 (,) K with cord grip Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz (ECXe 00: no DC operation possible) With integrated throuh-wiring Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: x1-pole primary (L, N, PE) 2x1-pole secondary (,),2 0 1,2 (20) 2 7, Ø,2 8 Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent,, 99,2 (,) 1 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g M Dimensions: 1x7x0 mm 27 ECXe ± % 0 0 > to ECXe ± % > to ECXe ± % > to K with cord grip Dimensions: 170.x8x2 mm 27 ECXe ± % 0 0 > to ECXe ± % > to ECXe ± % > to

121 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail LED Constant Current Drivers EffectLine 1 0 ma / 18.9 W, 700 ma / 1 W, 900 ma /.9 W 2 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.98 Service life time: 0,000 hrs M, 99 (,),2 K with cord grip 2 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz With integrated throuh-wiring Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: x1-pole primary (L, N, PE) 2x1-pole secondary Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection No shut-down in case of overheating Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent, (,),2 0, 1 99 (20) 2 7,2 (,), Ø,2 8 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g M Dimensions: 1x7x0 mm 18.9 ECXe ± % 19 0 > 8 20 to ECXe ± % 20 0 > to ECXe ± % > to K with cord grip Dimensions: 170.x8x2 mm 18.9 ECXe ± % 19 0 > 8 20 to ECXe ± % 20 0 > to ECXe ± % > to

122 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail LED Constant Current Drivers EffectLine 700 ma / 0 W, 900 ma / 1. W and 0 ma / 0 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.98 Service life time: 0,000 hrs M, 99 (,),2 K with cord grip 2 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz With integrated throuh-wiring Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: x1-pole primary (L, N, PE) 2x1-pole secondary, (,),2 0 1 (20) 2 7,2, Ø,2 8 Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection No shut-down in case of overheating Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent, 99 (,) Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g M Dimensions: 1x7x0 mm 0 ECXe ± % > to ECXe ± % > to ECXe ± % > to K with cord grip Dimensions: 170.x8x2 mm 0 ECXe ± % > to ECXe ± % > to ECXe ± % > to

123 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail LED Constant Current Drivers ma / 0 W and 0 ma / 0 W With 12 V interface Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.98 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² (12 V interface: mm²) Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x-poles primary 1x2-poles secondary 1x2-poles 12 V interface Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent K 7,2, (10) 79 K with cord grip Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency 12 V Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at interface temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) max. 2 W C C g K Dimensions: 12x79x mm 0 ECXe ± % > 8 yes 20 to ECXe ± % > 8 yes 20 to K with cord grip Dimensions: 19x79x mm 0 ECXe ± % > 8 yes 20 to ECXe ± % > 8 yes 20 to

124 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers 700mA/Wand0W, 0 ma / 0 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.97 Stand-by losses: < 0. W Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming During dimming operations, the driver can be controlled via DALI-compatible controllers or conventional light switches (PUSH). The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 0. to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² (12 V interface: mm² for 0 ma) Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x-poles primary (1x1-pole PUSH, 1x2-poles DALI) 1x2-poles secondary 1x2-poles 12 V interface (ECXd and ECXd 0) Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent K 7,2, (10) 79 K with cord grip Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency 12 V Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at interface temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) max. 2 W C C g K Dimensions: 12x79x mm ECXd ± % > 8 no 20 to ECXd ± % > 8 yes 20 to ECXd ± % > 8 yes 20 to K with cord grip Dimensions: 19x79x mm ECXd ± % > 8 no 20 to ECXd ± % > 8 yes 20 to ECXd ± % > 8 yes 20 to

125 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail LED Constant Current Drivers ma / 2 and 7 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor: > 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz DC operation: V DC (can be reduced to 17 V with reduced service life time) With integrated throuh-wiring Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: x1-pole primary (L, N) 2x1-pole secondary Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV K2.1 K.2,2,,2±0,1 ±0,1, 9,8 12,±0, 1 7, 7 2.±0, 9 8, 2,8,2±0,1 ±0,1 7±0, 79,±0, 12,7±0,1,9±0,1,1±0, 111,1±0, 11,±0,1 2 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency V/12 V Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at interface temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) max. 2 W C C g K2.1 Dimensions:.x7x1 mm 2 ECXe ± % 1 < > 8 no 2 to K.2 Dimensions: 12.x79.x mm 7 ECXe ± % 0 < 0 > 8 no 2 to

126 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers 700 ma / 2 and 7 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor: 0.9 Stand-by losses: < 0. W Service life time: 0,000 hrs K2.1, 1 Dimming During dimming operations, the driver can be controlled via DALI-compatible controllers or conventional light switches (PUSH). The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 1 to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. K.2,2, 9,8 12,±0, 7, 7 2.±0, 9 8, 2,8,2±0,1 ±0,1 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz DC operation: V DC (can be reduced to 17 V with reduced service life time) With integrated throuh-wiring Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x7-poles primary (x1-pole L/N, 1x1-pole PUSH, 1x2-poles DALI) 1x2-poles secondary,2±0,1 ±0,1 7±0, 79,±0, 12,7±0,1,9±0,1,1±0, 111,1±0, 11,±0,1 Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency V/12 V Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at interface temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) max. 2 W C C g K2.1 Dimensions:.x7x1 mm 2 ECXd ± % 1 < > 8 no 2 to K.2 Dimensions: 12.x79.x mm 7 ECXd ± % 0 < 0 > 8 no 2 to

127 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers ma / 2 W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. 2 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor: 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs K2.1, 1 1 V Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: 1 to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%.,2, 9,8 7, 7 9 8, 2,8 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz With integrated throuh-wiring Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x-poles primary (x1-pole L/N, 1x2-poles 1 V) 1x2-poles secondary Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV 7 8 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency V/12 V Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at interface temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) max. 2 W C C g K2.1 Dimensions:.x7x1 mm 2 ECXd ± % 1 < > 8 no 2 to

128 LED Constant Current Drivers Retail LED Constant Current Drivers ECO EffectLine 0 ma / 17 W, 00 ma / 20 and 2 W, 700 ma / 20 and W, 0 ma / W Compact casing shape with integrated cord grip optional for built-in or independent operation. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs (reduction of t a and t c temperature by only C can increase the expected service life time to up to 0,000 hrs) K2.1,2, 1 7, 7 2,8 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: 2x1-pole primary (L, N) 2x1-pole secondary K.2, 9,8 12,±0, 2.±0, 9 8,,2±0,1 ±0,1 Safety features Temporary electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV,2±0,1 ±0,1 7±0, 79,±0, 12,7±0,1,9±0,1,1±0, 111,1±0, 11,±0,1 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency V/12 V Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at interface temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) max. 2 W C C g K2.1 Dimensions:.x7x1 mm 17 ECXe ± 7.% 17 0 < 0 > 8 no 20 to ECXe ± 7.% 18 0 < 0 > 8 no 20 to ECXe ± 7.% 1 29 < 0 > 8 no 20 to 0 80 K.2 Dimensions: 12.x79.x mm 2 ECXe ± 7.% 2 0 < 0 > 89 no 20 to ECXe ± 7.% 2 0 < 0 > 89 no 20 to ECXe ± 7.% 1 < 0 > 90 no 20 to

129 LED Constant Current Drivers Outdoor Adjustable and Dimmable LED Constant-current Drivers 0, 00, 00, 700 ma / 0 W The dial can be used to set the nominal current to 0 ma (1), 00 ma (2), 00 ma () or 700 ma (). Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal. Dimming range: to 0% If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² (NTC interface: mm²) Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x2-poles primary 1x2-poles 1 V 1x2-poles secondary 1x2-poles NTC connection Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0/0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g K2 Dimensions:.x7x1 mm 0 ECXd / % > 8 20 to K2 with cord grip Dimensions: x7x1 mm Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class II SELV The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached. K / % 00 +/ % 700 +/ % 0 ECXd / % > 8 20 to / % 00 +/ % 700 +/ % (1) 1 7 K2 with cord grip NTC at LED module 220 kω V R (kω) Nominal current (%) (off)

130 LED Constant Current Drivers Outdoor Adjustable and Dimmable LED Constant-current Drivers 900, 0, 1200, 0 ma / 0 W The dial can be used to set the nominal current to 900 ma (1), 0 ma (2), 1200 ma () or 0 ma (). Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal. Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached. K 1 V NTC at LED module 220 kω R (kω) Nominal current (%) (off) Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² (NTC interface: mm²) Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x2-poles primary 1x2-poles 1 V 1x2-poles secondary 1x2-poles NTC connection (10).2 79 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0/0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g K Dimensions: 12x79x mm 0 ECXd / % 20 < 2 > 8 20 to / % / % 0 +/ % 10

131 LED Constant Current Drivers Office/Indoor Linear LED Constant Current Drivers 1 0mA/1W,2x20W,7W 00/700 ma / 2x0 W, 00 ma / 7 W x0 ma / x9 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. 2 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. K21 M.1,2,2 11, 11,7 1, , 21 (8),2,2 0 20,9 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² M, (8),2 21 Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20, ,2 0 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Power Efficiency Protec- SELV Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load factor at tion temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load class t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g K21 Dimensions: 1.7x21x18 mm 1 ECXe / % > 81 II SELV 20 to M.1 Dimensions: 20x0x20.9 mm x9 ECXe x0 ± % > 88 I 20 to x20 ECXe ± % > 88 I SELV 20 to M Dimensions: 9x0x21 mm 2x0 ECXe ± % > 90 I SELV 20 to ± % 7 ECXe / % > 9 I 20 to ECXe ± % > 9 I 2 to M DALI Dimensions: 9x0x21 mm x9 ECXd x0 ± % 1 < > 9 I 20 to ECXd / % < > 9 I 20 to

132 LED Constant Current Drivers Office/Indoor Linear LED Constant Current Drivers 2x0 ma / 2x20 W 2x00/700 ma / 2x0 W and 2x70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz DC operation: V DC (can be reduced to 17 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: mm² Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV M/M11,2,2 M12,2,2 0/12 9/2 8 () 9 8.,2, Ø Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g M Dimensions: 9x0x21 mm 2x20 ECXe x0 ± % 17 < 2 > 8 20 to M11 Dimensions: 2x0x21 mm 2x0 ECXe x00/700 ± % 20 7 < 0 > to M12 Dimensions: 9x0x21 mm 2x70 ECXe x700 ± % 2 0 < 120 > to

133 LED Constant Current Drivers Office/Indoor Dimmable Linear LED Constant Current Drivers 1 2x0 ma / 2x20 W 2x00/700 ma / 2x0 W and 2x70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. 2 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.9 Stand-by losses: < 0. W Service life time: 0,000 hrs M/M11,2,2 21 Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current (2x70 W) or with an analogue dimming signal (2x20 W/2x0 W). Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV,2 M12,2,2 0/12 9/2 8 () 9 8., Ø Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g M Dimensions: 9x0x21 mm 2x20 ECXd x0 ± % 17 < 0 > 8 20 to M11 Dimensions: 2x0x21 mm 2x0 ECXd x00/700 ± % 20 7 < 0 > to M12 Dimensions: 9x0x21 mm 2x70 ECXd x700 ± % 2 0 < 120 > to

134 LED Constant Current Drivers Office/Indoor Dimmable Linear LED Constant Current Drivers 2x0 ma / 2x20 W 2x00/700 ma / 2x0 W and 2x70 W The linear LED constant-current drivers are designed for use in office and retail lighting. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs M/M11,2 1 V,2 21 Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current (2x70 W) or with an analogue dimming signal (2x20 W/2x0 W). Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%.,2 M12 0/12 9/2 8.,2, Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm²,2 8 () 9 Ø Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g M Dimensions: 9x0x21 mm 2x20 ECXd x0 ± % 17 2 > 8 20 to M11 Dimensions: 2x0x21 mm 2x0 ECXd x00/700 ± % > to M12 Dimensions: 9x0x21 mm 2x70 ECXd x700 ± % > to

135 LED Constant Current Drivers Industry LED Constant Current Drivers 700 ma / 112 W and 0 ma / 12 W These electronic constant current sources are designed for use in industrial hall lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz DC operation: V DC (can be reduced to 17 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: mm 2 Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x-poles primary 1x2-poles secondary M 1x2-poles NTC connection 1x2-poles 12 V interface, (,),2,,,2 Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached. 18, (,) 19, 18,2 () K8 (1,) 1,,2 8 19, NTC at LED module kω (Type Nurata NCP18XHJ0RB) R (kω) Nominal current (%) 0 < < (off) 2 202, (7,) 2 Ø,2, Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency 12 V Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at interface temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) max. 2 W C C g M Dimensions: 19.x7x0 mm 112 ECXe ± % 8 < 0 > 91 yes 2 to ECXe ± % < 0 > 91 yes 2 to K8 Dimensions: 2x8x2 mm 112 ECXe ± % 8 < 0 > 91 yes 2 to ECXe ± % < 0 > 91 yes 2 to

136 LED Constant Current Drivers Industry Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers 700 ma / 112 W and 0 ma / 12 W These electronic constant current sources are designed for use in industrial hall lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.9 Stand-by losses: < 0. W Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Safety features Electronic short-circuit protection Overload and overtemperature protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I The LEDs are thermally protected by the driver's NTC interface, which ensures the current will be reduced when a critical temperature is reached. NTC at LED module kω (Type Nurata NCP18XHJ0RB) R (kω) Nominal current (%) 0 < < (off) Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 Hz, 0 0 Hz DC operation: V DC (can be reduced to 17 V with reduced service life time) Push-in terminals: mm2 Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x-poles primary (1x1-pole PUSH, 1x2-poles DALI) 1x2-poles secondary 1x2-poles NTC connection 1x2-poles 12 V interface M, (,),2,,2 18, (,) 19,, K8 1, (1,) 8 19, 2,2 (7,) Ø,2 2 8, 18 () 202,, Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency 12 V Ambient Casing Weight output 0 Hz, current output output without load at interface temperature temperature 0 0 Hz DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) max. 2 W C C g M Dimensions: 19.x7x0 mm 112 ECXd ± % 8 < 0 > 91 yes 2 to ECXd ± % < 0 > 91 yes 2 to K8 Dimensions: 2x8x2 mm 112 ECXd ± % 8 < 0 > 91 yes 2 to ECXd ± % < 0 > 91 yes 2 to

137 LED Constant Current Drivers Street LED Constant Current Drivers 1 0 ma / 2 W Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.97 Service life time: 0,000 hrs 2 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: 1x2-poles + earth terminal primary 1x2-poles secondary Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to kv (between L and N) and up to kv (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 Protection class I SELV equivalent,, , 2, 2, 0 7 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 187x0x mm 2 ECXe ± % > 90 0 to

138 LED Constant Current Drivers Street LED Constant Current Drivers with Power Switching 00, 700 ma / W These electronic constant current sources are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. They provide a simple power-reduction option by connecting a further phase, which makes it possible to switch between 00 ma and 700 ma. IP20 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs. 20, 0 0 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz IP20 version: Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: x1-pole primary 2x1-pole secondary IP version: Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: x1 mm², 200 mm secondary: 2x1. mm², 200 mm Suitable for independent operation when capable connector acc. to EN 098 is used. IP (7.) 27 0 Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to kv (between L and N) and up to kv (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 or IP Protection class I ,1 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g IP20 Dimensions: 20x0x0 mm ECXd / % 8 21 > 9 0 to / % 8 7 IP Dimensions: 27x79.1x1mm ECXd / % 8 21 > 9 0 to / % 8 7 Power reduction can be effected with VS Power Switches PR12 K LC and PR12 K D (page of the Standard Technologies' Catalogue). These power switches are used to switch the 20-V step-dim input on the LED driver of a luminaire. 18

139 LED Constant Current Drivers Street LED Constant Current Drivers 1 2x700 ma / W (2-channel) 1x 700 ma / 7 W These electronic constant current sources are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. 2 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Asymmetrical load possible Power factor: > 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to kv (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP7 Protection class II SELV (ECXe 700.0, ECXe ) 1 V Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2x0.7 mm² secondary: 2x0.7 mm² 2x0.7 mm² (1 V) Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 20x9x0 mm 7 ECXe ± % 0 1 < 1 > 88 2 to ECXe ± % > 88 2 to Dimmable version Dimensions: 20x9x0 mm ECXd ± % > 88 2 to

140 LED Constant Current Drivers Street Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers 0 ma / 0 W These electronic constant current sources are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying an analogue dimming signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to kv (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP7 Protection class II SELV 1 V Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2x0.7 mm² secondary: x0.7 mm² brown/blue. ±1 0 ±.2 ±0.2 L, N 201 ± ±0. DIM_P, DIM_N RNTC_P, RNTC_N VO, GND 0 ±0. purple/grey white/white red/black. ±1 180 ±0. ± ± Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 28.1x.x. mm 0 ECXd ± % 28 7 < 0 > 88 0 to

141 LED Constant Current Drivers Street Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers 1 700, 00, 0 ma / 90 W The nominal current can be set to 700 ma, 00 ma, 0 ma with a dip switch or it can be adjusted with a DALI signal. 2 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is allowed (hot wiring). Power factor: > 0.98 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying a PWM signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to 2 kv (between L and N) and up to kv (between L, N and PE) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP20 or IP Protection class I IP20 0 Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Push-in terminals: mm² Quantity of push-in terminals: x1-pole primary 2x1-pole secondary IP version In preparation IP (7.), R (2 plcs.) 8 Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g IP20 Dimensions: 20x0x0 mm 82 ECXd ± % 117 < 120 > 90 0 to ± % 91 0 to 90 0 ± % 22 0 to 0 IP In preparation 82 ECXd ± % 117 < 120 > 90 0 to ± % 91 0 to 90 0 ± % 22 0 to

142 LED Constant Current Drivers Street LED Constant Current Drivers 700 ma / 7, 0 and W These electronic constant current sources are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2x0.7 mm² secondary: 2x0.7 mm² Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to kv (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP Protection class II Galvanic isolation 7 W 280 ±1 180 Ø. (x) ± ±1 ± ± ± ±0. (2x) 0.9 ±0. (2x) 0 ±1 180 ± Ø. (x) ±1 ±1 2.9 ± ± ±0. 1. ±1 1. ±1.2 ±0.7 0 W / W 8.2 ±0. (2x) 0.7 ±0.7 0 ±0. Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 21.2x.2x1. mm 7 ECXe 700G ± % 7 < 20 > 88 0 to 8 Dimensions: 21.x0.7x1. mm 0 ECXe 700G ± % 70 1 < 20 > 88 0 to 80 ECXe 700G ± % 7 2 < 20 > 88 0 to 8 12

143 LED Constant Current Drivers Street Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers ma / 7, 0 and W These electronic constant current sources are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. 2 Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying an analogue dimming signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2x0.7 mm² secondary: x0.7 mm² Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to kv (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP Protection class II Galvanic isolation 7 W 1. ±1.2 ±0.7 0 W / W 280 ±1 180 Ø. (x) ± ± ± ±0. ±1 8.2 ±0. (2x) 0.9 ±0. (2x) 1 V 0 ±1 180 ± Ø. (x) ±1 ±1 2.9 ± ± ± ±0. (2x) 7 Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 21.2x.2x1. mm 7 ECXd 700G ± % 7 < 20 > 88 0 to 8 Dimensions: 21.x0.7x1. mm 0.7 ±0.7 0 ±0. 0 ECXd 700G ± % 70 1 < 20 > 88 0 to 80 ECXd 700G ± % 7 2 < 20 > 88 0 to 8 1. ±

144 LED Constant Current Drivers Street Dimmable LED Constant Current Drivers 700 ma / 7, 0 and W These electronic constant current sources are especially designed for use in street lighting systems. Electrical characteristics Secondary side switching of LED modules is not allowed. Power factor: > 0.9 Stand-by losses: < 0. W Service life time: 0,000 hrs Dimming The dimming function is achieved by applying an analogue dimming signal to the nominal current. Dimming range: to 0%. If no dimming interface is connected, brightness will stay at 0%. Connection details Mains voltage: V ± % Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Pre-assembled connection leads: primary: 2x0.7 mm² secondary: x0.7 mm² Safety features Protection against transient main peaks up to kv (between L and N) Electronic short-circuit protection Overload protection Protection against "no load" operation Degree of proteciton: IP Protection class II Galvanic isolation 7 W 1. ±1 280 ±1 180 Ø. (x) ± ± ± ±0. ±1 8.2 ±0. (2x) 0.9 ±0. (2x).2 ±0.7 0 W / W 0 ±1 180 ± Ø. (x) ±1 ± ± ±0. 1. ±1 2.9 ± ±0. (2x) 0.7 ±0.7 0 ±0. Products under development; preliminary technical datas Max. Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Mains Current Voltage Max. voltage Efficiency Ambient Casing Weight output 0 0 Hz current output output without load at temperature temperature DC DC DC full load t a t c W V ma ma V V % (20 V) C C g Dimensions: 21.2x.2x1. mm 7 ECXd 700G ± % 7 < 20 > 88 0 to 8 Dimensions: 21.x0.7x1. mm 0 ECXd 700G ± % 70 1 < 20 > 88 0 to 80 ECXd 700G ± % 7 2 < 20 > 88 0 to 8 1

145 Luminaire Protection Device Luminaire Protection Device SP 20/K For electronic devices 1 When electronic components form part of lighting systems, it is often necessary to protect such components against power-supply interruptions and electric overloads (power surges). These can be caused by switching inductive loads or by atmospheric discharges such as lightning striking the mains or the ground. A further cause can be induced voltages from neighbouring cables when working with leading-edge phase-cutting controls. The SP20/K protection unit reduces overvoltages at the connection terminals of electronic components. The remaining residual voltage is then reduced to a respective protective level, based on the discharge current (see diagram below). Wiring diagram L 2 A 2 0 Suitable for luminaires of protection class I and II Solid connecting wire: 0.7 mm² Lead length: 0 mm N SP 20 / K L EVG/EB N SP 20 / K Type Best.-Nr. Voltage AC Impulse Impulse Protection level at Min. ambient Casing Weight 0, 0 Hz voltage discharge current discharge current temperature temperature V ±% U OC (V) I N (8/20 μs) (A) of 1,000 A (V) t a ( C) t c ( C) g SP 20/ K max.,000 max., Bandwidth of the standard impulse: tr = 20 μs The protection unit can withstand at least spikes of ka. Residual voltage, based on the discharge current (B) A = Leak current B = Protection levels V V A B Source: Epcos Databook i A 1

146 2 V System LED COMPONENTS FOR 2 V SYSTEMS With its high-power 2 V system, Vossloh-Schwabe is responding to the trend towards market harmonisation and simplification of LED control technology. The modules are operated at 2 V DC and constant-current control of 0 ma min. is effected on the circuit board. The module is connected using on-board push-in terminals and matching connecting cables. This enables modular and highly flexible LED systems. The RGB system is based on the "common anode" principle. The DigiLED CA series permits the operation of high-power RGB modules and low-power modules of "common anode" design. Typical applications General lighting Architectural lighting Lighting of complex structures Entertainment Shop design The specifications contained in this catalogue can change due to technical innovations. Any such changes will be made without separate notification. Please read the safety and installation instructions on the individual products as well as further technical information provided in the extensive product descriptions at 1

147 2 V System LED PROFILE LEDProfile IP7 Light modules for IP7-compliant outdoor lighting Vossloh-Schwabe provides an IP7-compliant encapsulation for LED frames destined for outdoor lighting projects (e.g. architectural lighting). on request, these frames can be fitted and encapsulated with flexible modules (WU-M-). Depending on the respective LED module, the length of the frame can be extended by several times the by the length of the LED module (0 mm). The maximum frame length is 2 m. The LED arrays can be supplied in white, warm white or RGB. Please contact your VS sales representative for further details. 17 max

148 V CA System HighPower2VCA Modules White and RGB Built-in PCB lighting modules The High Power 2 V CA modules are available in white and warm white or RGB with a very high luminous flux. The round design with or High Power LEDs is particularly suitable for installation in luminaires and spots. The linear design with LEDs is, for instance, suitable for wall-washing and linear luminaires, etc To enable easy understanding of the system, the modules are operated at 2 V DC. Constant-current control of the LEDs is on the circuit board. Contacts are made using an on-board push terminal with matching connection cables. White RGB Flood 0 RGB xø.2 0 Additional suitable dimming modules (DigiLED CA series) and optics attachments (see pages 8 70) are available to create individual lighting solutions. Technical notes Triple WU-M-0: Ø mm, LEDs Line WU-M-1: 00x2 mm, of LEDs Flood WU-M-2: Ø 1 mm, of LEDs Allowed operating temperature at t c point: to 8 C Aluminium PCB For improved thermal management VS recommends an additional cooling element, which is suitable for the application. Colour rendering index: > 80 Increased ESD protection Voltage supply: 2 V Unit: 0 pcs. Triple Ø.2 1 X ±0. Ø.2 Ø.2 Tc 9. 2 Tc Typical applications General lighting Architectural lighting Entertainment, shop design Decorative lighting Light advertising Line 2 Tc 88±0. Ø,1 12±0. Ø,1 2 (x0=20) ±0. 18

149 2 V CA System HighPower2VCAModules White Type Ref. No. Number Colour Colour temperature* Inrush current* Nominal current* Typ. luminous flux* (lm) Beam Max. power* of LEDs K A A min. typ. angle* ( ) W Mono Triple WU-M-0-WW 820 warm white / WU-M-0-NW 819 neutral white / Mono Line WU-M-1-WW 82 warm white / WU-M-1-NW 822 neutral white / Mono Flood WU-M-2-WW 82 warm white / WU-M-2-NW 82 neutral white / * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 2 C Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page HighPower2VCAModules RGB Type Ref. No. Number Colour Dom. wavelength (nm) Inrush current* Nominal current* Typ. luminous flux* (lm) Beam Max. power* of LEDs red green blue A A red green blue angle* ( ) W RGB Triple WU-M-0-RGB 818 RGB RGB Line WU-M-1-RGB 821 RGB RGB Flood WU-M-2-RGB 82 RGB * Measurement tolerance of luminous flux: ± 7% Emission data at t j = 2 C Suitable thermal tapes for these LED modules see page

150 2 V CA System LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA Indoor Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA is a "common anode" design variant. This permits the user to operate high-power RGB modules together with the new LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA. The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA is fitted with SMD LEDs on a flexible printed circuit board of only approx. 0. mm thickness. Even the most complex structures can be illuminated thanks to the use of an extremely pliable foil. LEDLine Flex SMD Professional can be separated into segments of 0 mm without loss of function. This product is available in continuous lengths of. m. Installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB Technical notes Dimensions of LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA LxW SMDs Single Length SMDs mm pcs. steps mm pcs. 00x V -R -G -B 1. +2V -R -G -B tc/tp 2V+ R- G- B- +2V -R -G -B Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to 70 C Wide beam angle (120 ) Voltage supply: 2 V DC Power consumption per step (0 mm): 0.98 W Each SMD contains LED-Chips in the colours red, green and blue Typical applications Architectural lighting Lighting of complex structures Entertainment, shop design Marking paths, stairs, etc. Furniture lighting Light advertising Type Ref. No. Colour Dom. wavelength* Current* Typ. luminous flux* Beam Power* nm A lm angle* W red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue WU-M--RGB-CA 0 RGB * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product, which can vary from the typical specifications.

151 +2V -R -G -B G- B- 2V+ R- +2V -R -G -B G- B- 2V+ R- 2 V CA System LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA Outdoor 1 Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA Outdoor is an extremely flexible linear module for applications with high moisture or dust burden conditions. Due to the flexible and compact design, the illumination of complex structures and flat designs can be realised. The IP7 protected LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA Outdoor is available in different lengths (see below). The installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB The colour blend of LEDLine Flex SMD Professional RGB CA Outdoor can be adjusted using DigiLED control modules. To increase the number of LED modules DigiLED-Slave can be used. Technical notes Dimensions of PCB: 200x mm, 00x mm, 2000x mm Encapsulated dimensions (see drawing) PCB 200 mm: A = 20 +/ 2 mm PCB 00 mm: A = 0 +/ 2 mm PCB 2000 mm: A = 200 +/ mm Degree of protection: IP7 Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to C Allowed handling temperature: to 0 C Minimum bend radius: 70 mm, flexible in longitudinal direction only Pre-assembled with wires on either side Voltage supply: 2 V DC 20±0. 1±0. 200± A ± tc/tp 1.7 tc/tp Verguss/Encapsulation 20±0..±0. 7 Typical applications Lighting of complex structures with high moisture or dust burden Outdoor marking of paths, stairs, etc. Outdoor light advertising Outdoor entertainment, shop design Architectural lighting Outdoor border lighting Type Ref. No. Number Colour Dom. wavelength* Current* Typ. luminous Beam Max. power* of SMDs nm ma flux* (lm) angle* W pcs. red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue WU-M--RGB-CA-Outdoor 200mm RGB WU-M--RGB-CA-Outdoor 00mm 00 0 RGB WU-M--RGB-CA-Outdoor 2000mm RGB * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product, which can vary from the typical specifications

152 2 V System LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor White Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor is fitted with SMD LEDs on a flexible printed circuit board of only approx. 0. mm thickness. Even the most complex structures can be illuminated thanks to the use of an extremely pliable foil. LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor can be separated into segments of 0 mm lengths without loss of function. This product is available in a continuous length of up to m. Installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB Technical notes Dimensions LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor LxW LEDs Single Length SMDs mm pcs. steps mm pcs. 000x Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to C Wide beam angle (120 ) Voltage supply: 2 V Power consumption per step (0 mm): 0. W 0. +2V tc/tp 1.7 2V+ - Typical applications Architectural lighting Illumination of complex structures Entertainment, shop design Marking paths, stairs, etc. Furniture lighting Light advertising Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour temperature Current Typ. luminous flux* Beam angle* Max. power CRI K A lm W R a WU-M--27K 1700 warm white / > 80 WU-M--0K 02 warm white / > 80 WU-M--0K 0 neutral white / > 80 WU-M--0K 0 cool white 000 2/ > 80 WU-M--K 0 cool white 00 80/ > 80 * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. 12

153 2 V System LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor White HighBrightness Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor High Brightnes sis fitted with SMD LEDs on a flexible printed circuit board of only approx. 0. mm thickness. Even the most complex structures can be illuminated thanks to the use of an extremely pliable foil. LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor High Brightness can be separated into segments of 80 mm lengths without loss of function. This product is available in a continuous length of up to.2 m. Installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB C0-C180 C90-C Technical notes Dimensions LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Indoor LxW LEDs Single Length SMDs mm pcs. steps mm pcs. 200x Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to C Wide beam angle (120 ) Voltage supply: 2 V Power consumption per step (80 mm): 1.02 W V GND tc/tp WU-M- +2V GND Typical applications Architectural lighting Illumination of complex structures Entertainment, shop design Marking paths, stairs, etc. Furniture lighting Light advertising 7 8 Type Ref. No. Colour Correlated colour temperature Current Typ. luminous flux* Beam angle* Max. power CRI K A lm W R a WU-M--27K 92 warm white 2700 / > 80 WU-M--0K 9 warm white 000 0/ > 80 WU-M--0K 9 neutral white 000 1/ > 80 WU-M--0K 9 cool white / > 80 WU-M--K 9 cool white 00 2/ > 80 * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. 9 1

154 +2V - 2V+ - +2V - 2V+ - 2 V System LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor White Built-in PCB lighting modules The LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor is an extremely flexible linear module for applications with high moisture or dust burden conditions. Due to the flexible and compact design, the illumination of complex structures and flat designs can be realised. The IP7 protected LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor is available in different lengths (see below). The installation is achieved via double-sided adhesive tape affixed to the rear of the PCB. Technical notes Dimensions of PCB: 200x mm, 00x mm, 2000x mm Encapsulated dimensions (see drawing) PCB 200 mm: A = 20 +/ 2 mm PCB 00 mm: A = 0 +/ 2 mm PCB 2000 mm: A = 200 +/ mm Degree of protection: IP7 Allowed operating temperature at t c point: 20 to 70 C Minimum bend radius: 70 mm, flexible in longitudinal direction only Pre-assembled each with 2 strands on either side Voltage supply: 2 V 20±0. 20±0. A ±0. 1±0. 200± 1.7 tc/tp 1.7 tc/tp Verguss/Encapsulation.±0. Typical applications Illumination of complex structures with high moisture or dust burden Outdoor marking of paths, stairs, etc. Outdoor Light advertising Outdoor entertainment, shop design, architectural illumination Outdoor border lighting Type Ref. No. Number Colour Correlated colour Current* Typ. luminous Beam angle* Max. power* of LEDs temperature* (K) ma flux* (lm) W WU-M--K-Outdoor 200mm warm white WU-M--K-Outdoor 00mm warm white WU-M--K-Outdoor 2000mm warm white WU-M--9K-Outdoor 200mm neutral white WU-M--9K-Outdoor 00mm neutral white WU-M--9K-Outdoor 2000mm neutral white WU-M--7K-Outdoor 200mm on request 12 cool white WU-M--7K-Outdoor 00mm on request 0 cool white WU-M--7K-Outdoor 2000mm on request 120 cool white WU-M--7K-Outdoor 200mm cool white WU-M--7K-Outdoor 00mm cool white WU-M--7K-Outdoor 2000mm cool white * The values mentioned above represent only statistical variables on account of the complex manufacturing process of light emitting diodes. The values do not necessarily correspond exactly to the actual parameters of every single product which can vary from the typical specification. 1

155 2 V System AluLED IP20 1 AluLED IP20 is ideal for indoor applications and the slim & flat design is extremely convenient for low profile lighting design mounting. It is available in neutral white (000 K). Further white tones on requepcs. Technical notes Voltage supply: 2 V DC Beam angle: 120 Allowed ambient temperature: 20 to 0 C Allowed storage temperature: 0 to 8 C Degree of protection: IP20 Maximum bridging current load: A White.00± /920.00/ ± ± ± ±0.0 AluLED Screw Clamp Level surface 7 White Modules Type Ref. No. Length No. Current Colour Colour Luminous flux Beam Power Cover Packing of LEDs temperature angle unt mm ma K lm W pcs. AluLED IP20 - D neutral white Diffuse 1 AluLED IP20 - C neutral white Clear 1 AluLED IP20 - D neutral white Diffuse 1 AluLED IP20 - C neutral white Clear 1 Note: Further colours for AluLED are available on request 8 9 1

156 2 V System AluLED IP AluLED IP is ideal for outdoor protected applications under humid conditions (excluding direct UV and water exposure) and the slim & flat design is extremely flexible for low profile lighting design mounting. It is available in different CCTs and RGB to suit different application needs. Technical notes Voltage supply: 2 V DC Beam angle: 120 Allowed ambient temperature: 0 to 8 C Allowed storage temperature: 0 to 8 C Degree of protection: IP Maximum bridging current load: A White.00± /920.00/ ± ± ± ±0.0 AluLED RGB 20.00/920.00/ ±0.0 Screw 21. Clamp 20.0±0.0 Level surface.00±.00.00±.00.20± White Modules Type Ref. No. Length No. Current Colour Colour temperature Luminous flux Beam angle Power Packing unit mm of LEDs ma K lm W pcs. AluLED warm white AluLED warm white AluLED warm white AluLED cold white AluLED cold white AluLED cold white RGB Modules Type Ref. No. Length No. Current Luminous flux (lm) Dom. wavelength (nm) Beam angle Power Packing unit mm of LEDs ma red green blue red green blue W pcs AluLED-20-RGB AluLED-920-RGB AluLED-1220-RGB Note: Further colours for AluLED are available upon request 1

157 2 V CA System Colour Control Modules DigiLED CA The DigiLED CA series is based on a system design that combines simplicity, flexibility and reliability. The DigiLED CA series is suitable for operating both highpower RGB CA modules and low-power RGB CA modules. In the simplest case, a keypad enables manual colour control. In addition to custom colour control, it is also possible to call up pre-set colour programs for example colour sequences. Technical notes Dimensions: 9 x8 x29 mm Ambient temperature t a : 0 to C Operating voltage: 2 V Max. current on the supply line: А Push-in terminals: mm², grid:. mm All DigiLED not suitable for the US market DigiLED Manual CA Colour controls via key pads ( keys) Individual colour control or selection of pre-set programs t c = C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.2 A Type: WU-ST-001-Digi-manuell-CA Ref. No.: 181 DigiLED DALI CA Digital colour controls via DALI light management t c = 0 C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.2 A Type: WU-ST-00-Digi-DALI-CA Ref. No.: 1818 DigiLED DMX CA Digital colour controls via DMX light management t c = 0 C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.2 A Type: WU-ST-00-Digi-DMX-CA Ref. No.: 181 The CA series of VS colour control modules are available with both a manual operating pad and a DALI interface or "PUSH" or DMX variant. Furthermore the DigiLED Mono is available. The DigiLED Mono enables the dimming of single-colour (e. g. white) LED modules DigiLED Manual CA DigiLED DALI CA DigiLED DMX CA DigiLED IR CA Colour adjustment by a portable remote control Call up of pre-adjusted setting possible Data transfer via infra-red t c = C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.2 A Type: WU-ST-00-Digi-IR-CA Ref. No.: DigiLED IR CA 9 17

158 2 V CA System DigiLED RF CA Easy operation possible via radio frequency (RF) and a keypad with 7 buttons. The operation via radio frequency (RF) enables a flexible installation. Optical "line of sight" or cables are not necessary due to RF operation. Dimensions: 9x8x29 mm Ambient temperature t a : 20 to C Operating voltage: 2 V DC Max. current per control channel: 1.2 A Type: WU-ST-012-DigiLED-RF CA Ref. No.: DigiLED RF CA 1 8 Walltransmitter Required to activate the programs in the DigiLED RF Dimensions: 8x8x1 mm Colour: white Type: WU-ST-009-Walltransmitter Ref. No.: 8 8 Walltransmitter DigiLED Push CA Colour adjustment by separate push button Permits retrieval of pre-set programs t c = C max. Max. current per control channel: 1.2 A Type: WU-ST-00-DigiLED-Push CA Ref. No.: (7) () 7 1 DigiLED Push CA DigiLED Mono CA For dimming of single-colour LED modules Dimming via 1 V interface or external PWM signal t c = C max. Max. current per control channel: A Type: WU-ST-0-DigiLED-Mono CA Ref. No.: (7) () DigiLED Mono CA DigiLED Slave CA Increase of the system performance for 2 V CA LED built-in system Signal amplification on channels RGB(W) t c = C max. Max. current per control channel per slave: 1.2 Type: WU-ST-002-DigiLED-Slave CA Ref. No.: 1812 DigiLED Slave CA 18

159 2 V CA System Passive Slave CA Increase of the system performance for 2 V CA LED built-in system No signal amplification on channels RGB(W) t c = C max. Type: WU-ST-011-Passive-Slave CA Ref. No.: Passive Slave CA Passive Slave PCB CA PCB for increase of the system performance for 2 V CA LED built-in system Without casing No signal amplification on channels RGB(W) t c = C max. Type: WU-VB-00-Slave-PCB CA Ref. No.: 18 8 Ø Passive Slave PCB CA Table 1: Terminal connection Pole Colour coding Function Max. current-carrying Colour coding capacity System flatband cable 1 red supply line for LED built-in modules (+2 V) A blue 2 orange PWM signal line for channel A grey green PWM signal line for channel A grey blue PWM signal line for channel 1.2 A grey light grey PWM signal line for channel 1.2 A grey black supply line for LED built-in modules (GND) A grey

160 2 V CA System LED Connection Technology for 2 V CA System Various connection methods like flatband cables, feed-in cables, PCB distributors and slaves can be used to effect electrical connections between LED assembly modules and DigiLED CA colour control units. Flatband and feed-in cables are designed to ensure that LED built-in modules can be connected to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or a PCB distributor or slave board up to the maximum current-carrying capacity specified in Table 1. When setting up a 2 V CA system, it must be ensured that the minimum supply voltage stated in the data sheets of the LED built-in modules is attained through the combination of lead lengths. Flatband system cables For reverse-polarity protected connections between LED built-in modules and/or groups and for connection to PCB distributors. The six-strand flatband cable is fitted with pre-assembled connectors that plug directly in to the sockets of the LED built-in modules and PCB distributors. Type: WU-VB-002-HP-20mm Ref. No.: 97 cable length: 20 mm Type: WU-VB-002-HP-0mm Ref. No.: 97 cable length: 0 mm Flatband extension cable Type: WU-VB-008-HP-extension-00mm Ref. No.: 187 cable length: 00 mm ±2 ±2 00 ± Feed-in cable For connecting LED built-in modules and groups to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or slave board. The reverse-polarity protected connector attached to the feed-in cable is plugged on the LED built-in module. The other side of the cable is then connected to the slave board or DigiLED CA colour control unit while ensuring correct polarity (colour coding) Type: WU-VB-002-HP-Feed-in-00mm Ref. No.: 900 cable length: 00 mm Feed-in cable Mono For reverse polarity protected connection between monochromatic LED built-in modules and 2 V voltage supply. The dimming function is not supported. Type: WU-VB-00-HP-Feed-in-00mm mono Ref. No.: 227 cable length: 00 mm

161 2 V CA System EasyConnect Cable for AluLED Max. permissible current: A Number of strands: 2/ (Strand diameter: 0. mm 2 /22 AWG) For monochrome modules with 2 strands Ref. No.: 2 2 cm, male connector Ref. No.: 27 0 cm, male/female connector For RGB modules with strands Ref. No.: 28 2 cm, male connector Ref. No.: 29 0 cm, male/female connector PCB distributor For connecting up to four LED built-in modules or groups to a DigiLED CA colour control unit or slave board. The maximum current-carrying capacity per contact is A on the input side (terminal) and as detailed in Table 1 (page 19) on the output side (connector). A standard six-strand conductor (e.g. LIYY X0.7 mm²) and up to four flatband cables can be used. Type: WU-VB-00-DistriPCB CA Ref. No.: Ø

162 LED Converters for LED Modules 2 V Electronic Converters for LED Modules 2 V If LED modules are used that are connected in parallel, the voltage-stabilising system is activated. The advantages include easy extendibility and system safety on account of the low voltage. The electronic converters made by Vossloh-Schwabe guarantee a broad output range at a voltage of 2 V. Typical areas of application are architectural and general lighting, the replacement of halogen lamps as well as furniture lighting. Devices with the particularly high IP7 degree of protection are designed for use in outdoor applications. General technical notes Short-circuit protection: electronic Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation Protection class I (EDXe 120: protection class II) Output Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Voltage Mains Output Ambient Casing Power Drawing/ With cord Weight 0, 0 Hz output current current temperature t a temperature t c factor photo grip W V V ma A C C g EDXe ± 0. 20/ to 7 0. A EDXe /2 V ± / to B EDXe /2 V ± / to C yes EDXe 170/2 V ± 0.8 0/ to B EDXe 170/2 V ± 0.8 0/ to C yes EDXe 110/2 V ± 0.8 0/ to B EDXe 110/2 V ± 0.8 0/ to C yes 90 Degree of protection: IP EDXe 170/2 V IP ± 0.8 0/ to D EDXe 110/2 V IP ± 0.8 0/ to D Converter EDXe 120 Degree of protection: IP20, SELV-equivalent Dimensions (LxWxH): 182x2x18 mm (Drawing: A) Connections/leads: prim.: mains connection cable sec.: screw terminals 1. mm² Ref. No.: A EDXe120 A, 1,

163 LED Converters for LED Modules 2 V Converters EDXe, 170 and 110/2 V Degree of protection: IP20, SELV Push-in terminals with push button: 2. mm² solid lead 1 Without cord grip Dimensions (LxWxH): 187x0x mm Fixing centres: 178 mm (Drawing: B) Type: EDXe /2 V Ref. No.: output: 0 0 W Dimensions (LxWxH): 200x1x9 mm Fixing centres: 191 mm (Drawing: B) Type: EDXe 170/2 V Ref. No.: 18 output: 0 70 W Type: EDXe 110/2 V Ref. No.: 1811 output: 0 10 W With cord grip Cord grip approved for mains leads: H0W-F X0.7 mm² or NYM X1. mm² Cord grip approved fo routput leads: SIHY-Cu X1 mm² or SIHSI-Cu X1 mm² Dimensions (LxWxH): 22x0x mm Fixing centres: 2 mm (Drawing: C) Type: EDXe /2 V Ref. No.: output: 0 0 W Dimensions (LxWxH): 2x1x9 mm Fixing centres: 21 mm (Drawing: C) Type: EDXe 170/2 V Ref. No.: 18 output: 0 70 W Type: EDXe 110/2 V Ref. No.: 1812 output: 0 10 W B and C EDXe / EDXe 170 / EDXe 110 B,, C Withcordgrip /, 2/27 1/18 170/18 187/ /191 22/2 2/21 2, 2,/0,, 7, 0/1 /9, 2,, 0/1 /9 2 Converter EDXe 170 IP7/2 V Degree of protection: casing IP7, SELV Dimensions (LxWxH): 28x71.x1 mm Fixing centres: 2 mm (Drawing: D) Pre-assembled connection: prim.: X1 mm², H0RN-F, length: 00 mm sec.: 2X2 mm², S07RN-F, length: 00 mm Ref. No.: 18 output: 0 70 W D EDXe170IP7/EDXe110IP7 7 8 Converter EDXe 110 IP7/2 V Degree of protection: casing IP7, SELV Dimensions (LxWxH): 28x71.x1 mm Fixing centres: 2 mm (Drawing: D) Pre-assembled connection: prim.: X1 mm², H0RN-F, length: 00 mm sec.: 2X2 mm², S07RN-F, length: 00 mm Ref. No.: 181 output: 0 10 W D ,

164 LED Converters for LED Modules 12 V Electronic Converters for LED Modules 12 V If LED modules are used that are connected in parallel, the voltage-stabilising system is activated. The advantages include easy extendibility and system safety on account of the low voltage. The electronic converters made by Vossloh-Schwabe guarantee a broad output range at a voltage of 12 V. Typical areas of application are architectural and general lighting, the replacement of halogen lamps as well as furniture lighting. Devices with the particularly high IP7 degree of protection are designed for use in outdoor applications. General technical notes Short-circuit protection: electronic Overload and temperature protection: reversible Protection against "no load" operation protection class I (EDXe 112: protection class II) Output Type Ref. No. Mains voltage Voltage Mains Output Ambient Casing Power Drawing/ With cord Weight 0, 0 Hz output current current temperature t a temperature t c factor photo grip W V V ma A C C g EDXe 112/12 V ± to A EDXe /12 V ± / to B EDXe /12 V ± / to C yes EDXe 170/12 V ± 0.2 / to B EDXe 170/12 V ± 0.2 / to C yes 0 Degree of protection: IP EDXe 170/12V IP ± 0.2 / to D 1 Converter EDXe 112/12 V Degree of protection: IP20, SELV-equivalent Dimensions (LxWxH):.xx22 mm Fixing centres: 92 mm (Drawing: A) Prim. and sec. connections: each with 2x2. mm² screw terminals Ref. No.: 1820 A EDXe 112 A 1

165 LED Converters for LED Modules 12 V Converter EDXe and 170/12 V Degree of protection: IP20, SELV Push-in terminals with push button: 2. mm² solid lead 1 Without cord grip Dimensions (LxWxH): 187x0x mm Fixing centres: 178 mm (Drawing: B) Type: EDXe /12 V Ref. No.: 1821 output: 0 0 W Dimensions (LxWxH): 200x1x9 mm Fixing centres: 191 mm (Drawing: B) Type: EDXe 170/12 V Ref. No.: output: 0 70 W With cord grip Cord grip approved for mains leads: H0W-F X0.7 mm² or NYM X1. mm² Cord grip approved fo routput leads: SIHY-Cu X1 mm² or SIHSI-Cu X1 mm² Dimensions (LxWxH): 22x0x mm Fixing centres: 2 mm (Drawing: C) Type: EDXe /12 V Ref. No.: output: 0 0 W Dimensions (LxWxH): 2x1x9 mm Fixing centres: 21 mm (Drawing:C) Type: EDXe 170/12 V Ref. No.: 1811 output: 0 70 W B and C EDXe / EDXe 170 B,, 178/191 C Withcordgrip /, 2/27 1/18 170/18 187/200 22/2 2/21 2, 2,/0,, 7, 0/1 /9, 2,, 0/1 /9 2 Converter EDXe 170 IP7/12 V Degree of protection:casing IP7, SELV Dimensions (LxWxH): 28x71.x1 mm Fixing centres: 2 mm (Drawing: D) Pre-assembled connection: prim.: X1 mm², H0RN-F, length: 00 mm sec.: 2X2 mm², S07RN-F, length: 00 mm Ref. No.: 1811 output: 0 70 W EDXe 170 IP7 7 8 D ,1 1

166 Technical Details General information on LED technology Thanks to the constant developmental progress made in LED semiconductor technology, the fields of application for LEDs are growing continuously. Mood and architectural lighting, for instance, are already benefiting from the saturated colours of and possibilities afforded by RGB colour control. Ever higher light efficiency levels at higher currents are making white LEDs increasingly attractive for general lighting. Among others, further decisive advantages are great longevity, low energy consumption, neither UV or IR beam nor any hazardous substances. The key basis of modern optoelectronics is the availability of high-performance LEDs in the three primary colours red, green and blue as well as white and warm white. By assembling these on circuit boards and in combination with converters and control systems, lighting systems can be created for the most diverse areas of use. Vossloh-Schwabe's production of LED modules is based on tried-and-tested COB and SMD technology. This makes it possible to design modules in various dimensions and performance classes. COB (Chip On Board) technology enables super-flat designs with very high chip densities. SMD (Surface Mounted Device Technology) enables convenient, quick and simultaneous assembly of LED and electronics devices. Working principle of light emitting diodes (LEDs) An LED semiconductor chip is a semiconductor component that is made up of two differently doped crystallayers, one of which positive (p) and the other negative (n). Light is emitted at the depletion-layer pn boundary for a current flow in forward direction. Emitted light p Anode (+) An LED converts applied electric energy into visible electromagnetic radiation. The construction and doping of a semiconductor depends on the desired wavelength λ (colour), which can only be monochromatic (red, orange, yellow, green or blue). Colour blends are created by varying the number of LEDs in the individual colours. By adding certain converter materials, LEDs can also produce white and warm white light. This type of light generation using a semiconductor is generally referred to as luminescence, i.e. the generation of cold light whose rays contain no warmth and are emitted without infrared (IR). n Substrate, transparent Reflecting rear contact Cathode ( ) Semiconductor materials for LED chips Irrespective of the specific model, an LED always consists of the following components: leadframe, LED chip and contacting using conductive adhesive and bonding. While the leadframe can be made of a PCB or ceramics, plastics and other materials, the LED chips are mounted on a die-cut reflector (cathode) using conductive adhesive to achieve higher light intensities with a focused beam of light. The anode is connected using bonding wire. The optical viewing angle ( ) of an LED is determined by the geometry of the casing including reflector and the position of the chip within the casing. Small in size and highly resistant against mechanical impact/stress, LEDs are an ideal component for lighting applications. Special modular solutions are also available for applications involving differing ambient conditions (humidity, ambient temperature, etc.). Cross-sectional Detail Cross-section of an LED semi-conductor chip Light emission at the pn depletion layer 1

167 Technical Details Visible light within the electromagnetic spectrum Visible light only accounts for a small part of the electromagnetic spectrum. The part of the electromagnetic spectrum that is visible for humans ranges from ultraviolet (λ = 80 nm) to dark red (λ = 780 nm). 1 Frequency finhz Cosmic radiation Medium wave Micro waves Infrared Ultraviolet X rays TV Short wave * 0 0, * - - * -9 * -11 Wavelength in nm 780 nm 80 nm Gamma radiation Visible spectrum Light sensitivity of the human eye By day, the maximum light sensitivity (Km) of the human eye for green is at λ = nm and drops to λ = nm by night. Light sensitivity falls off sharply for both higher and lower wavelengths and only totals 1% of day vision for blue at λ = 0 nm and dark red at λ = 720 nm. Thus, in order for the human eye to perceive light of these wavelengths at the same intensity as yellow-green light, its luminance LV needs to be 0 times greater. Service life of LEDs The service life of an LED is determined by various factors: the degradation rate of the semiconductor material and the encapsulation material the applied operating current I F the ambient temperature t a during operation and the thermal resistance The term degradation describes the decrease in brightness of an LED chip as a result of the applied forward current during normal operation. Given normal operating conditions (t a = 2 C at I F = 0 ma), LEDs will provide a service life of up to 0,000 operating hours (typically 0,000 hours for High Power applications), after which time the brightness of the LED will have dropped typically to 70% of its original value. Degree of spectral light sensitivity Relative spectral sensitivity Wavelength in nm Day vision Night vision

168 Technical Details LED efficiency In theory, the internal efficiency of an LED chip is 90%, meaning that 90% of the applied electrical energy is converted into visible light at the pn junction layer. However, a part of the light emitted at the pn junction layer cannot pass through the semiconductor structure and it remains a major technological challenge to optimise the coupling of light out of the chip with the help of innovative designs. These processes determine the external degree of LED efficiency, which denotes the magnitude of visible output that can pass through the semiconductor structure when, for instance, 1 W of electrical power is applied to an LED. Colour design with LEDs CIE Chromaticity Chart (CIE 191 according to DIN 0) The CIE chromaticity triangle (standardised CIE 191 chromaticity chart according to DIN 0) makes it possible to precisely plot the colours of light sources and objects using two standardised (and previously gauged) chromaticity coordinates, the x and y values. Every point in this chart represents the chromaticity location of a certain chroma. Colours of the same chromaticity only differ from each other in terms of their intensity (colour saturation). The so-called "no-colour point" (white, grey and black, depending on brightness) is situated in the middle of the chart at x = 0. and y = 0.. The boundary of the chromaticity chart is made up of the gamut of spectral colours from 80 nm (blue-violet) to 780 nm (dark red) and the so-called purple boundary. As a result of additive mixing of two or more coloured light sources the chromaticity coordinates are always along a direct line between the starting coordinates. 18

169 Technical Details When using LED lighting, different colours can be created using additive colour mixing (RGB) or by transforming the wavelengths a diode emits by adding a luminescent material in a manner similar to fluorescent lamps. In the case of additive colour mixing/control, appropriate control devices are used to adjust the brightness of the individual LED colours (RGB) to create the desired light colour. LED system components LED light modules LED operating devices LED control modules LED connection technology When selecting LED components, it is important to take account of their technical specifications, especially with regard to voltage range, current and temperature. VS provides a large range of components for the various areas that all go to build a perfectly matched system. The technical specifications of the various components can be found on the product pages. All VS LED operating devices work with a safety extra-low voltage (SELV) on the output side. 1 2 Assembly Instructions for LEDs For mounting and installing LED components Mandatory regulations DIN VDE 00 EN Erection of low voltage installations Luminaires part 1: general requirements and tests EN Miscellaneous lampholders part 2-2: particular requirements connectors for LED-modules EN 17-1 EN Lamp controlgear part 1: general and safety requirements Controlgear part 2-11: particular requirements for miscellaneous electronic circuits used with luminaires EN EN 201 EN 28 EN 01 EN EN 00-- EN 17 EN 271 Lamp controlgear part 2-1: particular requirements for DC or AC supplied electronic controlgear for LED modules LED modules for general lighting safety specifications DC or AC supplied control gear for LED modules performance requirements Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of electrical lighting and similar equipment Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) part -2: limits limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input current = 1 A per phase) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) part -: limits limitation of voltage fluctuations and flicker (equipment input current = 1 A per phase) Equipment for general lighting purposes EMC immunity requirements Photobiological safety of lamps and lamp systems

170 Technical Details Mechanical mounting of LED operating devices Surface Solid, flat surface for good heat discharge required. Avoid mounting protruding surfaces. Mounting location Converters must be protected against moisture and heat. Installation in external luminaires Luminaire requires water protection rate of = (e.g. IP). Heat transfer If the converter is destined for installation in a luminaire, sufficient heat transfer must be ensured between the converter and the luminaire casing. Converters should be mounted with the greatest possible clearance to sources of heat. During operation, the temperature measured at the t c point of the converter must not exceed the specified maximum value. Additional mounting instructions for independent LED operating devices Mounting position Any Clearance Surface Min. of 0. m from walls, ceilings, insulation Min. of 0. m from other electronic ballasts Min. of 0.2 m from sources of heat (LEDs or other lamps) Solid; device must not be allowed to sink into insulation materials Safety, assembly and handling information for LED modules Installation and maintenance must always be performed by a qualified fitter in accordance with relevant legislation. The following instructions must be strictly observed. Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH accepts no liability for any possible inaccuracies during installation, any non-compliance with these instructions or for any possible omissions in this publication. In addition, Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH reserves the right to make modifications at any time and without prior notification. This data sheet is an integral part of the equipment and its safety devices and should therefore be kept in a safe place for easy reference. The equipment must always be disconnected from the mains prior to undertaking any maintenance work. The safety instructions on the type plate of the components must be strictly observed. Installation must be conducted at zero potential after disconnection from the line. Modules can have sharp edges or corners. Please take special care during installation to avoid injury. The modules can get hot. Please provide warning notices at the luminaire body if necessary. LED modules and all PCB components must not be subjected to undue mechanical stress: LED modules must not be handled as bulk cargo. Shear and pressure stress must be avoided on SMD LEDs and the grouting material of COB LEDs during assembly and handling. The circuit path must not be damaged or interrupted. We recommend using clips or plastic screws for installation purposes to avoid short circuits and damage to the modules. The LED modules are not protected against short-circuiting, overloading or overheating. The use of Vossloh-Schwabe electronic power supply units is therefore absolutely essential. Using other power supply units is not recommended. Please ensure you choose the correct electronic power supply unit for the module in question and that the respective output parameters (current, voltage, wattage) are correct (see 170

171 Technical Details Safe operation is only possible by the use of external constant-current sources. Power supply units must be used for operation, in which the following protective measures are ensured: Short-circuit protection Overload protection Overheating protection SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) Please ensure standard ESD (electrostatic discharge) protection measures are employed when handling and installing LED modules. Electrostatic discharge can damage LEDs. Please ensure the correct polarity of the leads prior to commissioning. Reversed polarity can destroy the modules. The maximum output of the power supply must be observed. For optimal load of used constant-current driver the LEDSpots can only be connected in series. The quantity of LEDSpots is limited by the sum of forward voltage and the capacity of used constant-current driver. A parallel connection of the modules is not allowed. The modules are not protected against dust or moisture (except LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor, LEDSpots IP, Roadway Light and Industrial Light IP/IP7). When LED modules are operated in unduly moist or dusty environments, care must be taken to ensure each module is built into a protective casing in compliance with the correct IP classification or provided with corrosion protection. Damage caused by moisture and/or corrosion will not be recognised as a material or manufacturing defect. To ensure smooth module operation, care must be taken that module temperatures at the t c point never exceed the maximum values stipulated in the data on catalogue pages. Due to the numerous installation options and differing operating conditions, no precise installation guidelines can be provided that will ensure the maximum temperature values are never exceeded. In principle, the LED modules can be mounted on a flat metal surface (heat sink) that must, however, provide a large enough surface area to ensure the generated heat can be dissipated to the surroundings. Under no circumstances may LED modules ever be covered by insulation material or similar. Air ventilation must be ensured. Please ensure adhesive pads or other products with adhesive areas (LEDLine Flex SMD Professional, LEDLine Flex SMD Professional Outdoor) are only used on dry and clean surfaces that are free of grease, oil, silicone and dirt particles. Owing to the varying application options and different types of surface as well as ambient conditions, VS accepts no liability for the quality of the adhesive bond achieved when mounting these products. Tests have shown the following chemicals to be harmful to LEDs used on the modules. It is recommended not to use the under-mentioned chemicals anywhere in an LED system. The fumes from even small amounts of these chemicals may damage the LEDs. Chemicals that might outgas aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., toluene, benzene, xylene) Methyl acetate or ethyl acetate (i.e., nail polish remover) Cyanoacrylates (i.e., "Superglue") Glycol ethers (including Radio Shack, Precision Electronics Cleaner dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether) Formaldehyde or butadiene (including Ashland PLIOBOND adhesive) Dymax 98-LVUF conformal coating Loctite Sumo glue Gorilla glue Clorox bleach Clorox Clean-Up cleaner spray Loctite 8 adhesive Loctite 787 activator Loctite 22 threadlocker

172 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications DALI LIGHT CONTROL GEAR AND ACCESSORIES INTELLIGENT INDOOR LIGHTING The VS Light Controllers are light management systems that were developed to control and regulate light independently of PCs and higher-order bus systems. Communication between the Light Controller and the luminaire is achieved using the standard DALI protocol. The Light Controllers comply with all the parts of standard IEC 28 currently valid. Within this standard, the number of maximum possible luminaires is defined as. The controllers have been designed for mounting to a mm DIN installation rail. The lighting system can be configured completely and easily without a PC or radio control being necessary. Any later modifications to the system can thus be carried out without any problems. Typical applications Offices, industrial spaces and warehouses Supermarkets Public buildings (e.g. schools and hospitals) Stairwells and hallways Sanitary facilities Adjustment of lighting levels to suit human needs Energy savings and cost reductions More convenience thanks to automation 172

173 1 2 System overviews Light Controller L / LS Light Controller LW / LSW Antennas 180 Light Controller S / XS Extender 18 MultiSensors 18 MovementSensors High Bay 18 Light Controller IP/DALI / IP/DALI W Technical details

174 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Overview of the LiCS Indoor System Product matrix Light Controller L / LS Light Controller LW / LSW Light Controller S Light Controller XS for integration into the distribution board for integration into the distribution board EnOcean wireless version for independent operation for built-in into luminaires MultiSensors High Bay Sensors MultiSensors (movement and brightness) High Bay Sensors (movement) or brightness (constant light control) Extender Accessories max. buttons (mains voltage-compatible) antenna (magnetic-base or screw-base); max. buttons (mains voltagecompatible); EnOcean wireless modules (max. 1 pcs.) button (mains voltage-compatible) button (mains voltage-compatible) Functions Light Controller Light Controller Light Controller Light Controller L LS LW LSW S XS Control options single and group group single and group group broadcast broadcast No. of groups max. 1 max. 1 No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors) max. max. max. max. No. of MultiSensors max. max. max. max. Motion detection (automatic and semi-automatic) Constant light control Scene settings Push function (on/off, up and down) Dimming (only up or only down) ON/OFF function Overriding central control Stairwell function (timer) With integrated timer clock Discourage burglaries System analysis software Password protection Minimising standby losses Menu navigation in German, English, French, Italian, Spanish German, English, French, Italian, Spanish Configuration using rotary push key and screen rotary push key and screen dip switch dip switch 17

175 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Overview of the LiCS Indoor System Network 1 Product matrix Light Controller IP/DALI Light Controller IP/DALI W Software package Basic/Advanced Basic/Advanced 2 MultiSensors High Bay Sensors Extender MultiSensors (movement and brightness) High Bay Sensors (movement) or brightness (constant light control) Accessories 8 buttons (mains voltage-compatible) 8 buttons (mains voltage-compatible) EnOcean wireless modules System information Server (Win 7) Optional: Access Point for operating elements Functions Networked light controllers Motion detection (automatic and semi-automatic) Intelligent day- and time-dependent switching functions Constant light control Astronomical light level Push-key and operating element Intelligent replacement of DALI devices Scene settings Push function (on/off, up and down) Dimming (only up or only down) ON/OFF function, ON function, OFF function Stairwell function (timer) Documentation Luminaire documentation Save/Load Reporting (Mail) DALI failure light level Minimising standby losses User accounts (password protection) Multilingual

176 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller L For installation in a distribution board This light control gear is designed for installation in a distribution board. Technical notes Configuration interface: and rotary push key (on the controller) Ambient temperature t a : to 0 C Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. No. of operating devices (DALI EBs, LiCS Extender, HB sensors): max. pcs. No. of MultiSensors: max. pcs. 12 8, 90 8 Connections Mains connection: V AC, 0 0 Hz, max. power consumption 9 W 1 DALI bus to pairs of terminals: max. current on DALI bus = 200 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. independently configurable push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains voltage; V AC, 0 0 Hz 1 closing relay contact to 2 pairs of terminals (can be reconfigured as an opener): minimising standby losses 9,2 Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, scene settings, push function, ON/OFF function (also central), stairwell function (timer), system analysis software, password protection, control options (single and/or group) Software languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian Light Controller L Dimensions (LxWxH): 12x90x8 mm, 7hp (horizontal pitches) Weight: 20 g Ref. No.:

177 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller LS For installation in a distribution board This light control gear is designed for installation in a distribution board. 1 Technical notes Configuration interface: and rotary push key (on the controller) Ambient temperature t a : to 0 C Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. No. of operating devices (DALI EBs, LiCS Extender, HB sensors): max. pcs. No. of MultiSensors: max. pcs. Connections Mains connection: V AC, 0 0 Hz, max. power consumption 9 W 1 DALI bus to pairs of terminals: max. current on DALI bus = 200 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. independently configurable push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains voltage; V AC, 0 0 Hz 1 closing relay contact to 2 pairs of terminals (can be reconfigured as an opener): minimising standby losses 12 9,2 8, Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, discourage burglaries, timer clock, push function, ON/OFF function (also central), stairwell function (timer), system analysis software, password protection, control options (group), Software languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian Light Controller LS Dimensions (LxWxH): 12x90x8 mm, 7hp (horizontal pitches) Weight: 20 g Ref. No.:

178 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller LW For installation in a distribution board This light control gear is designed for installation in a distribution board. Technical notes Configuration interface: and rotary push key (on the controller) Ambient temperature t a : to 0 C Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. No. of operating devices (DALI EBs, LiCS Extender, HB sensors): max. pcs. No. of MultiSensors: max. pcs. DALI Group Configuration Tool Connections Mains connection: V AC, 0 0 Hz, max. power consumption 9 W 1 DALI bus to pairs of terminals: max. current on DALI bus = 200 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. independently configurable push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains voltage; V AC, 0 0 Hz 1 closing relay contact to 2 pairs of terminals (can be reconfigured as an opener): minimising standby losses Antenna jack: radio signal with a frequency of 88 MHz 12 9,2 8, FMH-rw Ref. No.: 90 8 Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, scene settings, push function, ON/OFF function, stairwell function (timer), system analysis software, password protection, control options (single and/or group), Software languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian Light Controller LW Suitable for wireless operation with EnOcean No. of wireless modules: 1 pcs. Antenna needed Dimensions (LxWxH): 12x90x8 mm, 7hp (horizontal pitches) Weight: 20 g Ref. No.:

179 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller LSW For installation in a distribution board This light control gear is designed for installation in a distribution board. 1 Technical notes Configuration interface: and rotary push key (on the controller) Ambient temperature t a : to 0 C Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. No. of operating devices (DALI EBs, LiCS Extender, HB sensors): max. pcs. No. of MultiSensors: max. pcs. Connections Mains connection: V AC, 0 0 Hz, max. power consumption 9 W 1 DALI bus to pairs of terminals: max. current on DALI bus = 200 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. independently configurable push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains voltage; V AC, 0 0 Hz 1 closing relay contact to 2 pairs of terminals (can be reconfigured as an opener): minimising standby losses Antenna jack: radio signal with a frequency of 88 MHz Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, discourage burglaries, timer clock, push function, ON/OFF function (also central), stairwell function (timer), system analysis software, password protection, control options (group) Software languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian 12 9,2 8, DALI Group Configuration Tool FMH-rw Ref. No.: Light Controller LSW Suitable for wireless operation with EnOcean No. of wireless modules: 1 pcs. Antenna needed Dimensions (LxWxH): 12x90x8 mm, 7hp (horizontal pitches) Weight: 20 g Ref. No.:

180 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Antennas To supplement LiCS Indoor System To ensure faultless wireless operation, an antenna must be connected that is set to the respective frequency. When fitting the antenna, care must be taken that it is not shielded by metal objects, e.g. steel cabinets, radiators, ventilation shafts etc., to ensure optimum signal reception. The requisite antenna is provided by Vossloh-Schwabe in two models: the screw-base model comes with a detachable connection cable, while the magneticbase model is fitted with a non-detachable connection cable. Magnetic-base antenna with connection cable Antenna dimensions (ØxH): 29x88 mm Cable diameter: Ø mm, length: 2. m Min. bending radius of the cable: 0 mm Impedance: 0 Ω Capacity: W pulsed Ambient temperature t a : 0 to 80 C Storage temperature: 0 to 80 C Degree of protection: IP Weight: 2 g Ref. No.: Screw-base antenna Antenna dimensions (ØxH): x89 mm Impedance: 0 Ω Capacity: 8 W pulsed Ambient temperature t a : 0 to 70 C Storage temperature: 0 to 80 C Degree of protection: IP Weight: 1 g Ref. No.: ~ ±2 27 ±0,1, +0, Ø1-0,1 Connection cable for the screw-base antenna Cable diameter: Ø mm, length: 1. m Min. bending radius of the cable 0 mm Weight: g Ref. No.:

181 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller S For independent operation These light control devices are suitable for independent operation (e.g. in false ceilings). Technical notes Configuration interface: dip switch (on the device) Ambient temperature t a : 0 to 0 C Max. casing temperature t c : C Screw terminals: mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class II RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. No. of operating devices (DALI EBs, LiCS Extender, HB sensors): max. pcs. No. of MultiSensors: max. pcs. Connections Mains connection: V AC/DC, 0/0 0 Hz, max. power consumption, W 1 DALI bus : max. current on DALI bus = 200 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. 1 configurable push button input: cables must be rated for mains voltage; V AC/DC, 0/0 0 Hz Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, push function ( EBs synchronously), ON/OFF function, stairwell function (timer), control option (broadcast) Light Controller S Dimensions (LxWxH): 17x2x1. mm Weight: g Ref. No.:

182 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller XS For luminaire installation These light control devices are suitable for operation in luminaires. Technical notes Configuration interface: dip switch (on the device) Ambient temperature t a : to 0 C Max. casing temperature t c : 0 C Lifetime: 0,000 hrs. Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² Degree of protection: IP20 RFI-suppressed For luminaires of protection class I and II The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. No. of operating devices (DALI EBs, LiCS Extender, HB sensors): max. pcs. No. of MultiSensors: max. pcs..2 7 (7) 9 8 () Connections Mains connection: V AC/DC, 0/0 0 Hz, max. power consumption 0.8 W 1 DALI bus : max. current on DALI bus = 20 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. 1 configurable push button input Functions Automatic and semi-automatic motion detection, constant light control, push function ( EBs synchronously), ON/OFF function, control option (broadcast) Light Controller XS Dimensions (LxWxH): 8 x 0 x19 mm Weight: 0 g Ref. No.:

183 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Extender To extend LiCS Indoor system An extender enables the maximum number of DALIcompliant control gear units within a standard DALI system to be increased. This means the DALI extender is installed and addressed in instead of the ballast. At the extender output, up to DALI ballasts can then be connected, which will all respond in the same way to the respective input signal. The extender for DALI systems can only be used in combination with a DALI controller. When DALI commands are received, the extender behaves just like a DALI-compliant ballast for fluorescent lamps. Technical notes Configuration interface: via a DALI controller Ambient temperature t a : 0 to 0 C Max. casing temperature t c : C Screw terminals: mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class II RFI-suppressed Connections Mains connection: V AC/DC, 0/0 0 Hz Max. power consumption:, W For DALI signals in acc. with IEC 28 DALI current consumption: 2 ma 1 DALI bus to terminal pairs: max. current on the DALI bus = 200 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption values of the individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. Functions Connection of up to ballasts to a single DALI address Extender To extend DALI-controlled lighting systems Dimensions (LxWxH): 17x2x1. mm Weight: g Ref. No.:

184 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications MultiSensors To supplement LiCS Indoor system Daylight and motion sensors increase both energy savings and convenience. VS MultiSensors detect both light levels and motion. In addition, MultiSensors feature a space-saving design and were specifically developed to work with VS Light Controllers. No external power supply is required, as the sensors are supplied via the DALI bus. Technical notes Configuration interface: via the Light Controller Ambient temperature t a : 0 to 0 C Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² DALI current consumption: ma Functions Motion detection and monitoring of lighting levels. With built-in LED (red): the light flashes during configuration when the sensor is selected. MultiSensor SM-E For surface mounting Dimensions (ØxH): x8. mm Weight: 0 g Ref. No.: , Ø MultiSensor FM-E For ceiling installation With cord grip Dimensions (ØxH): 0x.8 mm Weight: 0 g Ref. No.: 1821,8 Ø0 ca. 8 Ø 27,2 (1,) MultiSensor IL-E For luminaire installation Dimensions (ØxH): x1.9 mm Weight: 0 g Ref. No.: ,9 27,2 (,7) Ø Ø 18

185 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Industrial Sensors High Bay for Industrial Applications 1 To supplement LiCS Indoor system Using DALI MovementSensors increases both energy savings and application flexibility. Vossloh-Schwabe MovementSensors are even capable of detecting motion in rooms with high ceilings (up to 8 m in height). Specifically developed for use with VS Light Controllers, these MovementSensors have been optimised for unprotected installation (HB ) and to deal with obstructions in the detection field. VS BrightnessSensors detect light levels in difficult environments that require an IP degree of protection. VS Brightness systems do not require an external power supply as the DALI line can simply be connected through. The fact that the sensors are connected via the DALI bus now makes it possible and for the very first time to manage an entire warehouse with just one Light Controller and to define individually adjustable or uniform lighting levels. Technical notes Configuration interface: via the Light Controller Ambient temperature t a : to 0 C Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² DALI current consumption: 2 ma Functions of MovementSensors Reliable HF motion detection with indication LED (red) Functions of BrightnessSensor Reliable monitoring of light levels 2 MovementSensor HB For surface mounting With cord grip Degree of protection: IP Protection class II Dimensions (LxWxH): 98x7.2x mm Weight: 11 g Ref. No.: Ø Ø Ø BrightnessSensor IP For surface mounting With cord grip Degree of protection: IP Protection class II Dimensions (LxWxH): 98x7x mm Weight: g Ref. No.:

186 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller IP/DALI For installation in a distribution board This light control gear (gateways) is designed for installation in a distribution board. Technical notes Configuration interface: via browser Ambient temperature t a : t.b.d. Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. No. of operating devices (DALI EBs, LiCS Extender, HB sensors): max. pcs. No. of MultiSensors: max. pcs. Connections Mains connection: V AC, 0 0 Hz, max. power consumption t.b.d. 2xRJ (Ethernet TCP/IP) /0MBit/s, Daisy Chain 1 DALI bus to 2 pairs of terminals: max. current on DALI bus = 200 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. 8 independently configurable push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains voltage; V AC, 0 0 Hz 1 closing relay contact minimising standby losses System architecture Light Controller IP/DALI Dimensions (LxWxH): 180x90x71 mm, hp (horizontal pitches) Weight: 0 g Ref. No.: 189 Software package: Basic Download: services/sw-updates/light-controller-ipdali.html Software package: Advanced On request Server Control Devices WLAN/LAN (Windows/iOS/Android) Access Point Network Light Controller IP/DALI Light Controller IP/DALI Further information can be found under products/light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html 18

187 Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller IP/DALI W 1 For installation in a distribution board This light control gear (gateways) is designed for installation in a distribution board. Technical notes Configuration interface: via browser Ambient temperature t a : t.b.d. Push-in terminals with lever opener: mm² Degree of protection: IP20, Protection class I RFI-suppressed The MultiSensors are connected directly to the DALI bus. No. of operating devices (DALI EBs, LiCS Extender, HB sensors): max. pcs. No. of MultiSensors: max. pcs. Connections Mains connection: V AC, 0 0 Hz, max. power consumption t.b.d. 2xRJ (Ethernet TCP/IP) /0 MBits, Daisy Chain 1 DALI bus to 2 pairs of terminals: max. current on DALI bus = 200 ma (see the respective data sheet for current consumption of individual components) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. The DALI bus features reversible electronic overload and short-circuit protection. 8 independently configurable push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains voltage; V AC, 0 0 Hz 1 closing relay contact Antenna jack: radio signal with a frequency of 88 MHz System architecture 2 7 Light Controller IP/DALI W Suitable for wireless operation with EnOcean Dimensions (LxWxH): 180x90x71 mm, hp (horizontal pitches) Weight: 0 g Ref. No.: 180 Control Devices WLAN/LAN (Windows/iOS/Android) Access Point Light Controller IP/DALI W 8 Software package: Basic Download: services/sw-updates/light-controller-ipdali.html Software package: Advanced On request Server Network Light Controller IP/DALI W 9 Further information can be found under products/light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html 187

188 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications General safety information LiCS products may only be installed and commissioned by authorised and fully qualified staff. These instructions must be carefully read before installing and commissioning the system, as this is the only way to ensure safe and correct handling. Before any work is carried out on the equipment, it must be disconnected from the mains. All valid safety and accident-prevention regulations must be observed. The products should never be inexpertly opened as this poses lethal danger due to electrical shock. Repairs may only be undertaken by the manufacturer. On no account may the DALI control line be used to carry mains voltage or any other external voltage as this can destroy individual system components. Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW Installation In a distribution board on a -mm mounting rail in acc. with DIN 880; required installation space: 7 hp (horizontal pitches) (12 mm) The controller must be installed so the display screen is in the upper left corner. Hook the light controller over the upper edge of the rail using the two mounting notches. Then carefully press the controller onto the lower part of the rail until the mounting spring on the controller snaps into place over the rail. If required, use a screwdriver to help you with the spring. Removal To remove the controller from the mounting rail, use a screwdriver to loosen the spring and ease the controller over the rail flange from the bottom. Installation instructions Conductor cross-section for all terminals: mm² for rigid or flexible conductors Cable preparation (see right) To protect the equipment, a A or 1 A, Type B automatic circuit breaker must be fitted. Push button inputs 1 : cables must be rated for mains voltage; max. cable length = 0 m. As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, the DALI cable must be rated for mains voltage. A max. of DALI operating devices in aggregate can be connected as well as up to MultiSensors, which in total must not exceed 200 ma. The exact number of components can be found in the manual. The power supply and the DALI line can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 0 m, e.g. using x1. mm². Three electrically connected DALI outputs make it easier to connect DALI control gear. Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation: mm² mm² 1 mm² 0.7 mm² 0. mm².2 Ω max. 00 m 180 m 10 m 80 m The relay contact is a potential-free closing contact. The current load of the relay contact must not exceed an Ohmic load of I max. = A. When using the standby contact, an additional external power relay should be used. Although models of the Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW feature an antenna-connection jack (located top right on the front), only the jack on the LW/LSW model is functional. This is where the antenna is connected to enable wireless operation (EnOcean) of the Light Controller LW/LSW. 188

189 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Additional information To ensure faultless wireless operation, an antenna must be connected that is set to the respective frequency. This antenna is not included in the scope of delivery. Please refer to the manual at light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the system using the controller. The outputs of different controllers must not be connected with each other. To ensure safe operation of the controller, the maximum ambient temperature must not be exceeded. 1 2 Circuit diagram of Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW Technical details Light Controller L/LS and LW/LSW Light Controller L LS LW LSW Ref. No Supply voltage V AC, 0 0 Hz Power consumption 9 W Ambient temperature t a to 0 C DALI output (da+ ) max. 200 ma current drain No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, max. pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender) HB sensors) No. of MultiSensors max. pcs. RF input Antenna for a reception range of 88 MHz Wireless modules All radio buttons with PTM radio sensors by EnOcean with 88 MHz No. of wireless modules max. 1 pcs. with up to buttons Relais (Output a1, a2) 20 V, max. A ohmic load Push inputs V AC, 0 0 Hz Degree of protection IP20 Protection class I Weight 20 g CE requirements EMC in acc. with EN 17, RFI in acc. with EN 01, Safety in acc. with EN

190 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Light Controller S Installation Independent installation, e.g. in false ceilings Easy and time-saving installation thanks to end caps that snap into place without needing tools. Clearance: min. 0.1 m to walls, ceilings, insulation and other electronic devices; min. 0.2 m to sources of heat (e.g. lamps) Surface: solid, must not let the controller sink into insulation material Fastening: using -mm screws Installation instructions Conductor cross-section for all terminals: mm² Cable preparation (see right) Screw terminals: max. tightening torque = 0. Nm A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. A max. of DALI operating devices in aggregate can be connected as well as up to MultiSensors, which in total must not exceed 200 ma. The exact number of components can be found in the manual. The power supply and the DALI line can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 0 m, e.g. using NYM x1. mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation: 7 max mm² 1 mm² 0.7 mm² 0. mm².2 Ω max. 00 m 180 m 10 m 80 m Push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains power; maximum 0 m. Light Controller XS Installation Any installation location Suitable for installation only in dry rooms or in luminaires, cases, casings or similar. If destined for use in outdoor applications or spaces subject to higher degrees of moisture, the Light Controller XS must be installed in a casing with a suitable degree of protection. Fastening with mm or mm screw Take care to ensure a solid, flat surface. Application/Function Suitable only for installation in a luminaire; unsuitable for independent operation. For constant light control or motion detection, or a combination of both. In addition, a target value for constant light control can be set via manual dimming. Installation instructions Conductor cross-section for all terminals: mm² Cable preparation (see right) A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. Operation without sensors: A max. of DALI operating devices can be connected; no MultiSensors are allowed. Operation with sensors: If one VS MultiSensor is connected a max of 8 DALI ballasts can be connected in addition. Push button inputs: cables must be rated for mains power; maximum 1 m. Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation: The DALI line does not exceed a maximum length of 9 m, e.g. using NYM x1. mm² The power supply and the DALI line can be laid in a single cable, e.g. using x1. mm². 7 max

191 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Additional information The outputs of different Light Controllers S/XS must not be connected with each other. All control gear that is connected to the output of the DALI Extender is synchronously operated in "broadcast" mode; the output side is not addressed. To ensure safe operation of the Light Controller S/XS, the maximum casing temperature at the measuring point (t c ) must not be exceeded. Please refer to the manual at light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the system using the controller. 1 2 Circuit diagram of Light Controller S Circuit diagram of Light Controller XS L L2 L1 N PE da da 20V Electronic DALI Ballast 7 ON 1 2 da da 20V Electronic DALI Ballast 8 da da 20V Electronic DALI Ballast VS Multisensor 9 da da PE N L1 L2 191

192 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Technical details Light Controller S Light Controller S XS Ref. No Supply voltage V AC/DC, 0/0 0 Hz Power consumption. W 0.8 W Ambient temperature t a 0 to 0 C DALI output (da+ ) max. 200 ma current drain max. 20 ma current drain No. of operating devices (DALI-EBs, LiCS-Extender, HB sensors) max. pcs. per Controller (expandable with the Extender) max. pcs. per Controller (without sensors) No. of MultiSensors max. pcs. max. pcs. RF input Wireless modules No. of wireless modules Relais (Output a1, a2) Push inputs V AC/DC, 0/0 0 Hz Degree of protection IP20 Protection class II I and II Weight g 0 g CE requirements EMC in acc. with EN 17, RFI in acc. with EN 01, Safety in acc. with EN Extender Installation Independent installation, e.g. in false ceilings Easy and time-saving installation due to end caps that snap into place without needing tools Clearance: min. 0.1 m to walls, ceilings, insulation and to other electronic devices; min. 0.2 m to sources of heat (e.g. lamps) Surface: solid, must not permit the extender to sink into insulation material Fastening: using -mm screws Installation instructions Cross-section of primary/secondary conductor: mm² Cable preparation (see right) Screw terminals: max. tightening torque = 0. Nm Length of the secondary bus cable: max. 00 m A standard DALI bus only features basic insulation. All DALI cables must be rated for mains voltage. The power supply and the DALI line can be laid in a single cable (max. 0 m). Mains power cables and DALI cables should not be laid directly parallel to lamp cables (min. clearance = 0.2 m). A maximum of DALI operating devices in total can be connected. 7 max.20 Additional information The extender can only be operated if connected to a DALI control unit. Please refer to the respective operating instructions for information on the control unit. The DALI extender is integrated into the DALI system using the "random address" assignment method. Three electrically connected DALI outputs make it easier to connect DALI ballasts. A maximum of DALI operating devices in total can be connected. The outputs of several extenders must not be connected with each other. All control gear that is connected to the output of the DALI Extender is synchronously operated in "broadcast" mode; the output side is not addressed. To ensure safe operation of the Extender, the maximum casing temperature at the measuring point (t c ) must not be exceeded. 192

193 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Circuit diagram of the Extender Technical details Extender Extender Ref. No Supply voltage V AC/DC, 0/0 0 Hz Power consumption. W Control input DALI in. acc. with IEC 28-2/-201 DALI output max. pcs. DALI operating devices or max. 200 ma (expandable with the Extender) Ambient temperature t a 0 to 0 C Casing temperature t c max. C Degree of protection IP20 Protection class II Weight g CE requirements EMC in acc. with EN 17, RFI in acc. with EN 01, Safety in acc. with EN

194 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications MultiSensors Installation SM-E (Surface Mounted) Prepare the cable accordingly and thread it through the back plate of the sensor at the side or from behind. Attach the back plate in the selected position using the two screws provided, then connect the cable to the sensor. Use two fingers to lightly press the springs of the sensor cover together and allow to lock into place along the guide rails inside the sensor's bottom face (see Fig. 1). FM-E (Flush Mounted), with or without cord grip Prepare the cable, connect to the sensor and attach cord grip if appropriate. Use two fingers to lightly press the sensor together and allow to lock into place in the pre-drilled hole ( mm) in the selected position (see Fig. 2). Fig. 1 «click» IL-E (In Luminaire) Heed the dimension of the drilling template when inserting the sensor in the metal plate, which is 0. 1 mm thick. Allow the sensor to lock into place in the precisely pre-drilled hole in the metal plate. Allow the sensor cover ring to lock into place from the other side in the recesses provided (see Fig. ). Installation instructions Conductor cross-section of all terminals: mm² for both rigid and flexible conductors Preparation of the sensor cables (see right) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, cables must be rated for mains voltage. The power supply and the DALI line can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 0 m, e.g. using NYM x1. mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation: Fig. 2 «click» 1. mm² 1 mm² 0.7 mm² 0. mm².2 Ω max. 00 m 180 m 10 m 80 m Fig. Additional information VS MultiSensors can only be operated in combination with a VS Light Controller from the LiCS indoor range. Please refer to the manual at light-management-systems-for-indoor-applications.html for exact instructions on how to configure the sensors. To ensure safe operation of the sensors, the maximum permitted ambient temperature must not be exceeded. The sensor must be positioned to ensure its reception range is not obstructed by objects, furniture, etc. See Fig. for the sensor range. The height specified in Fig. is a reference value. For other and specifically greater heights, it may be necessary to test the sensitivity of the sensors on site as the sensitivity of the motion sensor decreases the higher up it is mounted. Fig mm²

195 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Circuit diagram of Sensors 1 2 Technical details MultiSensors MultiSensor SM-E FM-E IL-E Ref. No Control input DALI in acc. with IEC 28 DALI current consumption ma Ambient temperature t a 0 to 0 C Casing temperature t c max. 0 C Degree of protection IP20 Protection class II Weight 0 g CE requirements Safety in acc. with EN

196 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications MovementSensors HB Installation MovementSensor HB Prepare the cable accordingly. Open the housing cover and the protective caps for the connections. Thread the connection cables (20 V L, N + DALI control cable) through the protective cap closure and connect with push terminals. Close the protective caps. Before the housing cover is closed, attach the housing with the aid of mm screws in the holes provided. During installation make sure that the sensor component is not touched. Installation position: any See operating manual for the sensor range. Installation instructions Zur Absicherung des Gerätes verwenden Sie bitte einen Sicherungsautomaten Typ B, A oder 1 A. Conductor cross-section of all terminals: mm² for both rigid and flexible conductors Preparation of the sensor cables (see fig. 1) As a standard DALI bus is not SELV-compliant, cables must be rated for mains voltage. The power supply and the DALI line can be laid in a single cable provided the cable does not exceed a maximum length of 0 m, e.g. using NYM x1. mm². Please observe the maximum lengths of the DALI bus during installation: 1. mm² 1 mm² 0.7 mm² 0. mm².2 Ω max. 00 m 180 m 10 m 80 m The sensor must never be placed inside a luminaire. The sensor must be installed with a clearance of 1 m to the respective luminaire. Fig max. 17. Additional information VS HB sensors can only be operated in combination with a VS Light Controller from the LiCS indoor range. Please refer to the controller manual for exact instructions on how to configure the sensor. To ensure safe operation of the sensors, the maximum permitted ambient temperature must not be exceeded. The sensor must be positioned to ensure its reception range is not obstructed by objects, furniture, etc. Moving objects e.g. fans may be enough to lead to movement detection. 19

197 Technical Details Lighting Control System for Indoor Applications Circuit diagram of MovementSensors HB 1 2 Technical details MovementSensors HB MovementSensor HB Ref. No Control input DALI in acc. with IEC 28 DALI current consumption 2 ma Ambient temperature t a to 0 C Degree of protection IP Protection class II Weight g CE requirements Safety in acc. with EN 17-1 and EN

198 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications ELECTRONIC CONTROL OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING ECO-FRIENDLY AND ECONOMICAL LIGHTING Many street lighting facilities are outdated and are therefore highly inefficient. This not only results in higher energy requirements, but also more maintenance work and higher investment costs. All this adds up to street lighting accounting for approx. 0 0% of the entire power consumption recorded by municipal and other types of local authority which amounts to a huge cost factor for public budgets to cover. The lighting solutions provided by Vossloh-Schwabe ensure that local authorities can save energy, achieve sustainable cost reductions and at the same time make a valuable contribution to reducing CO 2 output. Using various lighting situations as examples, energy savings of up to 80% can be achieved. Vossloh-Schwabe's light management systems enable centralised control of individual luminaires with the advantage of a constant online link and the ability to monitor the lighting system. But these intelligent, multifunctional VS controllers provide the same savings potential and high flexibility even without online connectivity. Typical Applications General lighting in public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings Lighting in tunnels Lighting for sports' venues Industrial lighting 198

199 1 2 Targeted Use of Light and Optimisation of Maintenance Processes Vossloh-Schwabe's LiCS Outdoor system makes it possible to dim individual luminaires or entire luminaire groups. Depending on the requirements, the degree to which the lighting level is dimmed can be sensorcontrolled or can comply with a preset level; the burn-in periods of discharge lamps can also be taken into consideration. Considerable savings potential can be harnessed by need-driven programming and/or lighting control. Thanks to the system's convenient remote monitoring functions, it is possible to optimise maintenance processes as well as better plan maintenance work and budget for it in more detail. Flexible Structure The complete LiCS Outdoor system is suitable both for new installations as well as for classic retrofits. The particularly flat designs of the controllers enable installation in almost all luminaires, especially luminaires featuring LED technology. The system enables control of luminaires operated with magnetic ballasts as well as luminaires with up to four dimmable electronic ballasts with a 1 V or DALI interface. Control line Motion sensor SMART NIGHT FLEX NIGHT MANAGED NIGHT Control Control and monitoring Hand-held programming unit Remote or on-site programming Data concentrator in the distribution board 7 Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole Controller integrated in the luminaire head or pole + light sensor (optional)

200 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications FUNCTIONS OF THE LIGHT CONTROLLERS Vossloh-Schwabe's LiCS Outdoor System is based on mature system technology that has already proved itself in millions of applications around the world in the most diverse of areas. Overview of functions Independent functions form an integral part of the LiCS Outdoor controller and are common to almost all products. The parameters of these functions can be (re)set at any time by the customer using various tools or via the power line carrier network. MFF (Maintenance Factor Function) With prolonged service life, light sources suffer a decrease in luminous flux and, as a result, in brightness. But thanks to the maintenance factor function, this can be compensated by the light management system so as to ensure luminous flux remains stable over the lamp's service life and, additionally, save energy. The flux reduction curve can be adjusted to the real luminous flux reduction by support points. 0% t 1 DOO (Dimmed ON/OFF) Lighting can be faded up to the desired brightness level after being switched on and can also be faded down before being switched off; the duration of the fade-in/-out can be set to suit. 0% 0% d 1 d 2... h 0% 0% 0% Dimming Time ISD (Intelligent Switching Time Dimming) During any one night phase, brightness and with that the output of the lighting system can be altered or the luminaire can be switched on/off up to a maximum of times. 0% DPC (Delayed Switching for Pedestrian Crossing) Delayed switching on and/or earlier switching off of lighting in the vicinity of pedestrian crossings. 0% 0% % 0% 0% Time L ST (Control input) In addition, using a control input (e.g. with a push button or motions ensor) the system can be switched to a certain lighting level for a freely configurable period of time. BBT (Burn-in Block Time) Adjustable dimming block for conventional light sources (discharge lamps) to prevent the lamp from being dimmed during its burn-in period (function can later be deactivated again). RCR (Ripple Control Receiver) Sound frequency reception module for typical sound frequencies of 0 Hz to 1.7 khz; TFR protocols on request. 200

201 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Smart Night Independent, pre-programmed controllers are used for lighting control purposes. These controllers can also be individually reconfigured at a later point in time. In this regard, up to lighting profiles can be transferred to the hand-held control unit and then transferred to each individual controller on site. In this case, data transfer is purely unidirectional. imcu intelligent Multifunctional Controller Unit 202 icti intelligent Configuration Tool 20 icti-usb intelligent Configuration Tool with USB interface Flex Night New lighting profiles can be transferred to several imcu-series controllers at the same time. All imcus that are installed on the same supply line are then programmed with a new profile, while still allowing individual imcus to be excluded from receiving the new profile. This can be achieved on site using a laptop and the ictt, or using the ictt connection at the control point of the street lighting or, remotely, using the imico, in which case the imico controller would be firmly installed at the control point. ictt intelligent configuration technician tool 20 imico intelligent MidNight controller 20 isite MidNight system software 20 imcu intelligent Multifunctional Controller Unit 202 icti intelligent Configuration Tool 20 icti-usb intelligent Configuration Tool with USB interface 20 Managed Night Power-line technology enables bidirectional data transfer using the 20 V supply line. As a result, controllers can be grouped together to form a high-performance network using just the cables provided (without needing any additional control lines) in almost any environment. Data can thus be transferred to each controller connected to the network with a very high degree of reliability; if necessary, signal strength is automatically boosted, thus removing any restrictions in terms of distance. ilc intelligent luminaire controller (built-in) 207 ipc intelligent pole controller 208 idc intelligent data concentrator 209 ict intelligent configuration software for idc 209 ilux intelligent lux meter with a power-line carrier interface 2 ipl-ni powerline network interface 2 iccu intelligent, capacitive coupling unit 211 ibridge wireless bridge 211 ilic intelligent luminaire information centre 212 iopc intelligent OPC DA Server 212 Accessories ihfs intelligent high-frequency sensor 21 isct intelligent tablet PC

202 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Smart Night imcu intelligent Multifunctional Controller Units For outdoor luminaire control These light controllers were specifically designed for independent operation to enable control of street lighting or lighting close to buildings. Depending on the given task, the product can replace one or more individual products. The controllers are suitable for use with almost all electronic ballasts and LED drivers with a DALI or a 1 Volt interface. They also enable control of conventional magnetic ballasts that are with coil tapping points without needing any other components. imcu IP20 IP20 version.2 7 (7) IP7 The control input L ST can be used to connect a control phase, a motion detector, a key switch or a light sensor, but can also be used to receive simple data protocols. Technical Notes Control output: DALI, 1 V or PWM for max. 1 EB, short-circuit-proof Relay contacts: potential-free (input, opener, closing contact) Storage temperature: 2 to 8 C Operating temperature: 2 to 80 C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP20 or IP7 Upgradeable firmware () 7 1 IP7 version 00 7 M8 Ø Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free. Typical Applications Street lighting or lighting in the vicinity of buildings DPC MFF ISD DOO BBT LST RCR (s. p. 200) Type Ref. No. Voltage AC Power consumption Control input L ST Switching current Connection Weight V, Hz mw V A (λ = 0.8) g IP20 Dimensions (LxWxH): 8x0x19 mm imcu IP , 0 < Push-in terminals: mm² 0 IP7 Dimensions (LxØ): 8x mm imcu IP , 0 < core lead, 00 mm

203 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Smart Night icti intelligent Hand-held Operating Device 1 For subsequent controller configuration The icti features memory cells for different lighting situations. icti icti-usb 2 Standard connection: USB 2 OS: upgradeable firmware The continually updated programming software can be downloaded at home/services/sw-updates.html. Dimensions: 180xx0 mm Weight: 0.2 kg Ref. No.: 182 For subsequent controller configuration especially for luminaire manufacturing and maintenance Standard connection: USB 2 OS: upgradeable firmware The continually updated programming software can be downloaded at home/services/sw-updates.html. Ref. No.: 1892 icti-usb

204 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Flex Night ictt intelligent Configuration Technician Tool For subsequent configuration of lighting scenes The push-in terminal delivered along with this portable configuration tool is located on a DIN rail (top-hat section) in the distribution board and is connected to the lighting circuit. ictt ca ca. 20 Reconfiguring lighting scenes at a later point in time involves using the push-in terminal and the ictt's connector to make a connection to a laptop or PC. The MidNight Configurator software is then used to adjust the relevant settings and transfer these new values to the lighting system.. 2. Once the configuration process has been completed, the ictt is disconnected again and the protective cover of the push-in terminal is replaced. Technical Notes Portable use Dimensions (LxWxH): xx2 mm Connection to the lighting system: Push-in terminal with protection cover: MSTB 2./-ST-.08 Plug: MSTBVK 2./-G-.08, lead length: 1 mm Connection to a laptop/pc: RS-22 One DB9 male (Standard EIA), lead length: approx. 0. m Operating temperature: 20 to 70 C Humidity: 90% RH at max. 0 C Degree of protection: IP20 Type Ref. No. Voltage AC Power consumption Control input L ST Switching current Weight V, Hz mw V A (λ = 0.8) g ictt , 0 < ictt Terminal Block 1891 Terminal block for ictt 20

205 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Flex Night imico intelligent Multifunctional Controller Units 1 For outdoor luminaire control By installing the imico in a street-side distribution board and using the MidNight function, it is possible to update the lighting profiles of an imcu controller or of a dimmable electronic ballast from a central location without needing to install any additional wiring in the street. imico BI incl. transformer and relay, completely pre-wired 2 This function is typically used in cases that require the lighting profile to be changed several times per year or if it needs to remain possible to deactivate dimmed output periods of a city's lighting system in a targeted manner, e.g. during city festivals or other events. The web-based imico works on the isite web platform. To reconfigure a lighting profile, the server sends a text message to the imico via the mobile phone network. The imico then transfers the new configuration to the connected controllers or Mid- Night electronic ballasts by switching the mains phase or another free phase on and off. These controllers will even prevent any flickering in luminaires during signal transfer. Technical Notes Operating temperature: 20 to 0 C Storage temperature: 2 to 7 C Humidity during operation: 7% Protection class I 1 relay contact: potential-free (input, opener, closing contact) Material: aluminium AlSi12 (Fe) Drill holes for cables for imico-bi: 2 PG metric fittings (2x1. mm) 2 PG metric fittings (2x1. mm) 1 PG metric fittings (20x1. mm) 1 fixing hole for antenna connection imico single controller without transformer and relay ca Ø,2 Ø,2, Interfaces Transmission: mobile phone network, requires quad band SIM card Protocols: SMS, GPRS Internal modem: Telit 82 Internal and external antenna: MMCX 1, Type Ref. No. Voltage AC Max. switching output Overvoltag protection Degree of protection Dimensions Weight V, Hz A/V kv LxWxH (mm) g imico-bi , 0 1/20 IP 280x20x imico , 0 2 IP20 90xx0 0 20

206 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Flex Night isite MidNight intelligent Configuration Software For programming lighting situations using imico isite can be accessed using any PC with an internet browser (preferably Google Chrome) and was developed to configure the imico controller. This convenient and quick method enables all lumi-n aires to be reprogrammed with new lighting profiles. The server-based supports Windows Server operating systems. The following actions can be controlled using the software: Creating various timer programs Group allocation of various imicos Assignment of groups and timer programs Graphic representation (maps) showing the positions of luminaires and imicos Sending text messages to groups or to individual imicos to transfer settings Generating notifications (text messages) to confirm that settings were successfully transmitted Ref. No.: 182 System requirements Memory RAM: GB Memory HD: 2TB CPU: min. Dual Core,depending on the scope of the project Operating system: Windows server Data security: min. RAID 1 recommended RAID 20

207 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Managed Night ilc intelligent Luminaire Controller (built-in) Vossloh-Schwabe's light control units of the "Managed Night" series work with power-line communication using the C/B CENELEC band. Communication occurs in accordance with standardised directives EN , EN and the Lonmark OLC profile (outdoor luminaire controller profile). ilc can be used as independent control unit in a light management system. The controller is integrated into a LON power-line light management system that requires a network connection to a central module (idc) Once installed in a light management system, the controller delivers various performance data and status reports, for example voltage, current, power factor, energy consumption, lighting hours and temperature. Limits must be defined for each measured value, which are then monitored in the controller with a report being transmitted to the master system if limits are exceeded. As a result, the controller itself already intelligently monitors the luminaire. The calibrated performance data are available within a tolerance of 1 % Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 9x8x0 mm Control output: DALI or 1 V for max. EBs, short-circuit-proof Bistable relay output: closing contact Control output ECO ballast: ma for power reduction relays Connection terminals: mm² Storage temperature: 2 to 8 C Operating temperature: 2 to 80 C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP20 ilc intelligent Luminaire Controller (built-in) Control input L ST can be used for a control phase, a motion detector, a key switch, a light sensor or, if operated independently, to receive simple protocols. Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free. Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings Lighting for tunnels 8,,2,2 9 8, (9) 29 8 DPC MFF ISD DOO BBT LST RCR (s. p. 200) Type Ref. No. Voltage AC Power consumption Control input L ST Switching output Switching current Weight V, 0 Hz W V V A (λ = 0.8) g ilc <

208 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Managed Night ipc intelligent Pole Controller This light controller was developed for installation in a luminaire pole and features the same functions (and in full scope) as the ilc Controller on page 207. Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 20x0x mm Control output: DALI or 1 V for max. EBs, short-circuit-proof Bistable relay output: closing contact Control output ECO ballast: ma for power reduction relays Connection cable: 1 m (special configurations are available on request) Storage temperature: 2 to 8 C Operating temperature: 2 to 80 C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP7, Protection class I ipc intelligent Pole Controller Galvanic Isolation The electronic ballast does not feature potential isolation between input and output: as soon as the electronic ballast is connected to the controller, the control input of the electronic ballast is not potential-free. Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings DPC MFF ISD DOO BBT LST RCR (s. p. 200) Type Suitable for Ref. No. Voltage AC Power consumption Control input L ST Switching output* Switching current Weight V, 0 Hz W V V A (λ = 0.8) g ipc < ipc-lux ilux light sensors < ipc-rc ripple-control sound frequency** < ipc-hfs ihfs high frequency sensor < * Optionally available with a second switching output on request ** Protocols on request 208

209 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Managed Night idc intelligent Data Concentrator 1 The idc forms the master of the "Managed Night" light managment system and functions as the central connection interface to the software of the master system. The idc can be programmed and also features application programs that are perfect for controlling lighting systems. idc intelligent Data Concentrator 2 The following functions are an integral part of the product: timer programs, monitoring of limit values plus alarm function and alarm transmission, data conversion, data logging and client. Fitted with various interfaces such as S0 for counter registration, the M bus for remote counter reading or the MOD bus for extended sensor and actuating functions, the idc can adapt to suit almost any control task. Technical Notes Dimensions (BxHxT): 280x20x112 mm Material: aluminium AlSi12 (Fe) Drill holes for cables: 2 PG metric fittings (2x1. mm) 2 PG metric fittings (2x1. mm) 1 PG metric fittings (20x1. mm) 1 fixing hole for antenna connection Interfaces for power-line carriers Inputs: 2 digital inputs 0 V DC Optionally extendable using a cut-off relay for 20 V AC: 2 impulse-counter inputs typ. of S0 Outputs: 2 relay outputs 20 V AC; A Ethernet Port /0BaseT, auto-selecting, RS22 Interface for GSM/GPRS modem, for up to 200 controllers LON power line carrier communication: Protocols: in acc. with ANSI CEA / EN on the supply voltage (tri/single phase) Transmission: in acc. with ANSI CEA 709. / EN IP communication: XML / SOAP, http, FTP, UDP FME antenna connection: Male Storage temperature: 2 to 8 C Operating temperature: 2 to 0 C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP, Protection class I The idc also provides a very well documented, web-based XML/SOAP interface or an optionally available OPC driver (open process control) to the SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) system. This makes it possible to integrate the idc also into any BA (Building Automation) or control system. The ilic software was specifically developed to enable control of the idc. Various extension options are available to suit common communication requirements: GPRS...G, IP (CAT), Fibre optic (FO) Single Mode, Fibre optic (FO) Multi Mode, and optionally also WLAN on request. Type Ref. No. Voltage AC Average power consumption Transmission mode Weight V, Hz W VA g idc-gprs.g ±%, 0 ±1% idc-ip ±%, 0 ±1% idc-fo-mm ±%, 0 ±1% idc-fo-sm ±%, 0 ±1% ict 1822 idc commissioning software; the software can only be delivered along with the idc and must be ordered separately. isite-lon 1827 Software for visualizing, Operating system: Microsoft ilic 182 Software for visualizing; Operating system: independent (Linux derivate and Microsoft) iopc Software for integration into the BA (Building Automation) (see page 212) 20 ca ict intelligent Configuration Software Specifically developed for commissioning an idc Convenient and quick installation of all controllers in a network segment Quick commissioning thanks to clear identification of every controller with a barcode (scanner optional) The controller is configured in accordance with OLC-Lonmark conventions ,

210 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Accessories ilux intelligent Lux Meter with Power Line Interface The high-quality light sensor directly measures and delivers digital light metrics in lux to a light management system for the purpose of lighting control. ilux Light sensor Lighting systems operated with or without a light management system can be switched on or off at a specific lux value via internal relays. The measured lux values can then be transmitted to the lighting system via the power line. Depending on the respective lighting level required in each case, it is therefore possible to independently control luminaires in different areas, e.g. at major and minor roads, pedestrian crossings and in parks. 7 9, 2 The compact sensor can be fixed to the luminaire pole or a wall using the enclosed mounting bracket. Technical Notes Dimensions (LxWxH): 1x1x mm Sensor casing: aluminium with a PC cover, sensor unit protected by opal glass Connection cable to the controller: m (special configurations available on request) Storage temperature: 2 to 8 C Operating temperature: 2 to 80 C Humidity: non-condensing Degree of protection: IP Weight of mounting bracket: 00 g Casing and connection details of the ipc controller (intended for installation in luminaire poles), see page 208 7, 1 Typical Applications Lighting for public spaces Lighting in the vicinity of buildings Type Ref. No. Note Weight g ilux 1821 Use only in combination with ipc-lux (Ref. No.: 182) 00 ipl-ni Powerline Network Interface For subsequent ilux configuration without network operation Data communication: notebook / PC and ilux using a 20 V AC power supply cable Operating system: XP and higher For parameter configuration and firmware updates Ref. No.: 182 ipl-ni Powerline Network Interface 2

211 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Accessories iccu intelligent, Capacitive Coupling Unit Intelligent, capacitive coupling unit for powerline communication. Powerline signals are transferred using the B/C frequency range in acc. with Cenelec specifications. The unit is suitable for direct installation without requiring configuration and is transparent for data transfer purposes. The unit draws no power when operated in standby mode. No software-based configuration required Connection with an NH fuse possible on request Technical notes Casing: PC Dimensions (LxWxH): 180x9x0 mm Mains voltage: 20 V AC ±%, 0 Hz Power consumption: 0.0 W Leads: High-voltage silicone cable, stranded conductors 1 mm², length: 80 mm Storage temperature: 2 to 8 C Operating temperature: 2 to C Degree of protection: IP, Protection class I Weight: 770 g Resistance against surge voltage: kv Ref. No.: 18 iccu Capacitive Coupling Unit Typical applications Lighting for public spaces, street lighting Lighting in the vicinity of buildings Company premises, warehouses, sports facilities 1 2 ibridge intelligent Wireless Bridge For wireless signal transfer ibridge enables wireless transfer of control signals of the power-line network to adjacent lighting circuits without requiring a cable connection. This makes it possible to jointly control several smaller, independent circuits within a larger lighting network and serves to reduce the number of required idcs (data concentrators) since a larger number of controllers can be configured using a single idc. Sections of the lighting cable that are not suitable for power-line communication due to severe local interference can also be bridged using ibridge. Just like a controller, ibridge is commissioned using the light management system and does not require any special software installation. ibridge Technical Notes Dimensions (ØxH): x120 mm Mains voltage: V AC ±% Mains frequency: 0 0 Hz Wireless frequency: 2. GHz Power line communication frequency: Dual 11 kb/s and 12 kb/s Wireless output: mw Operating temperature: 0 to 8 C Humidity during the operation: non-condensing Connection: in acc. with NEMA Socket Standard BS972 Degree of protection: IP Weight: 190 g Ref. No.:

212 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Accessories ilic intelligent Luminaire Information Centre For outdoor luminaire control The luminaire information centre is the central control instrument of a light management system. All connected luminaires can be controlled, monitored and displayed using a web-based server application. The server-based software supports both Windows and Linux operating systems. Firefox or Internet Explorer are the frontend applications to operate, control or display the light management system. The following actions can be controlled via the software: Switching individual luminaires on or off ahead of defined luminaire groups Defining the most diverse timer settings Evaluation and display of the lighting system status depending on various types of error message Evaluation of energy consumption at individual luminaire and luminaire-group level Graphic display of all acquired data over time (voltage, current, power, temperature, power factor, lighting hours,...) Ref. No.: 182 Based on the software design, the lighting system displays information as a tree-like structure showing city, suburb, street, luminaire or can be broken down according to other criteria. The multi-client software also makes it possible to restrict rights and functions for different people or groups of people depending on their level of authorisation. As the software is a wholly web-based application, system maintenance can be carried out via the web (global) or can be restricted to just the company using its LAN network, all depending on the system structure. Numerous users can access the system at the same time. Optional interfaces are also available to connect to other asset management systems. System requirements Server: state-of-the-art Memory RAM: GB Memory HD: 2TB CPU: min. Dual Core, depending on the scope of the project Operating system: XP, Windows 7, Linux, Distribution, VM operation is possible Data security: min. RAID 1 recommended RAID iopc intelligent OPC DA Server iopc DA Sever for connecting idcs to typical control technology systems The iopc Server is used to integrate idcs into standardised SCADA/control technology systems. The software runs on Microsoft operating systems and provides a standard interface for integrating data points. OPC DA specification: DA 2.0 Type: iopc Tool Ref. No.: 188 for max. idc Ref. No.: 189 for max. idc Ref. No.: 188 for max. 20 idc ilic www SCADA Option A Electronic ballast or LED driver OPC Client iopc Server ilc SCADA Software OPC Server Microsoft Option B Electronic ballast or LED driver OPC Server ipc idc ilux ipc 212

213 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Accessories ihfs intelligent High-Frequency Sensor Motion sensor for street lighting The ihfs enables energy-efficient and need-driven control of street lighting and lighting in the vicinity of buildings using intelligent high-frequency-based object detection. The sensor system functions reliably at all times irrespective of light and weather conditions. The ihfs is available as a modular and an integrated system. With the modular version, up to sensor modules can be attached to the luminaire pole, which enables simultaneous detection of objects from different directions. The detection field can be individually defined via the sensor's mounting angle. With the integrated version, one sensor is typically mounted per luminaire. The sensor is installed directly in the luminaire. Technical Notes For Light Controller ipc-hfs (s. p. 208) Dimensions (LxWxH): 8x7x7 mm plus holder Operating temperature: 20 to 70 C HF technology:.8 GHz Cable length: m ihfs Installation The sensors are attached to the luminaire pole using stainless steel tension bands (included in the scope of delivery). The direction of a sensor's detection field can be individually adjusted via the swivel-head holder. 1 2 Type Note Ref. No. Power consumption Reach Opening angle W ihfs Sensor (1 sensors) up to 22 m 120 Sensor for built-in into luminaires on request. 7 Detection area 8 9 m 1 m 22 m 21

214 Lighting Control System for Outdoor Applications Accessories isct intelligent Software Configurations Tool The Managed Night power-line system as well as the two Smart and Flex Night systems can be controlled using the extremely robust tablet PC made by Panasonic and the associated software. Panasonic toughpad FZ-G1 for software configuration Full-ruggedized Windows 8 Tablet Intel Core i-7u vpro processor Windows 8 Pro, Intel HD 000 Graphic Daylight-readable,1" WUXGA outdoor display with IPSa technology (1920 x 1200) with up to 800 cd/m² Capacitive -point multi-touch screen and digitizer Standard connections: USB.0, HDMI and headphones Pre-configurable port (serial, LAN, microsd or USB 2.0) Up to 8 hours of battery life; battery can be changed by user Protected against water and dust Will survive being dropped from a height of up to 120 cm without suffering damage (as tested by Panasonic) With preinstalled and configured light management software Dimensions: 270x188x9 mm, Weight: approx. 1.1 kg Ref. No.: 1821 isct Further details can be found under: 21

215 Reference Numbers Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page

216 Reference Numbers Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page

217 Reference Numbers Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page

218 Reference Numbers Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page

219 Reference Numbers Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page

220 Reference Numbers Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page

221 Reference Numbers Ref. No. Page Ref. No. Page

222 Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Address Phone / Fax / Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH P.O. Box 28 9 Phone: +9/(0)21/ Germany, Benelux, CIS, Georgia, Great Britain, Ireland, D-878 Lüdenscheid, Germany Fax: +9/(0)21/ Austria, Switzerland, Scandinavia, Turkey info.vsv@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com Australia Branch Office Sydney Phone: +1/(0)2/ Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH A Lenton Place Fax: +1/(0)2/ North Rocks, N.S.W. 211, Australia sales-aus@vsaus.vossloh-schwabe.com China Wiselogic International Center Phone: +8/21/ Vossloh-Schwabe Electrical Appliances Room 20, # North Shannxi Road Fax: +8/21/ Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Shanghai, P.C /China linda.li@vshk.vossloh-schwabe.com Czech Republic, Slovakia Sales Office East Europe Phone: +20/ Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH Na Radosti 18 Fax: +20/ Prague - Zlicín, Czech Republic magdalena.ragauerova@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com France ZI.-Nord Phone: +/(0)89/ Vossloh-Schwabe France S.a.r.l. 20, rue A. Kiener Fax: +/(0)89/ Colmar, France vsf.ventes@vsf.vossloh-schwabe.com Hong Kong Flat A & B, 2/F., West Gate Tower Phone: +82/ Vossloh-Schwabe Hong Kong Ltd. 7 Wing Hong Street, Cheung Sha Wan Fax: +82/ Kowloon, Hong Kong linda.li@vshk.vossloh-schwabe.com Hungary Priemyselná Phone: +21//2811 Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH Trnava info.vsvee@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com Slovakia Italy Via Strada S. Martino 1 Phone: +9/07/ Vossloh-Schwabe Italia S.p.A Sarsina/Forlí-Cesena, Italy Fax: +9/07/ vs-i@vsi.vossloh-schwabe.com Korea #02 Olympia Center Building Phone: +82/2/ / Vossloh-Schwabe Korea 828-, Yeoksam-Dong, Gangnam-Gu Fax: +82/2/ Seoul 1-9, Korea j.y.maeng@vs.vossloh-schwabe.com New Zealand Branch Office Auckland Phone: +/(0)9/2 11 Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH Unit 2 / Lady Ruby Drive Fax: +/(0)9/ East Tamaki, Auckland, New Zealand sales-nz@vsnz.vossloh-schwabe.com Poland, Baltic States Sales Office Poland Phone: +8/(0)12/ Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH ul. Zaporoska / Fax: +8/(0)12/ PL 0-89 Kraków, Poland lukasz.niemczycki@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com Serbia, Albania, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Sales Office Belgrad/Serbia Phone: +81//28 0 Greece, Kosovo, Macedonia, Montenegro, Slovenia, Cyprus Danila Lekica 1 Fax: +81//28 0 Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH 100 Belgrade, Serbia goran.stankovic@vsv.vossloh-schwabe.com Singapore Vertex, Ubi Avenue Phone: +/2 7 7 Vossloh-Schwabe Pte. Ltd. Lobby A #0-72 Fax: +/2 7 7 Singapore 0888 vssing@singnet.com.sg South Africa Branch Office Johannesburg Phone: +27/11/1 0 Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH 1, Lechwe Avenue, Corporate Park Fax: +27/11/1 287 Midrand 18, South Africa barry.hall@vsaf.vossloh-schwabe.com Spain, South America, Portugal Venezuela, º - A Phone: +/9/ Vossloh-Schwabe Ibérica, S.L Barcelona, Spain Fax: +/9/ vs-e@vse.vossloh-schwabe.com Taiwan Taiwan Branch Phone: +88/(0)2/ Vossloh-Schwabe Pte. Ltd. 9. FL-2, No. 80 Fax: +88/(0)2/ Sung Chiang Road, Taipei, Taiwan betty.ho@vstw.vossloh-schwabe.com Thailand rd Floor (Unit 1) BUI Building 1 Phone: +/(0)2/ 7 11 Vossloh-Schwabe Trading Ltd Soi Anumarnratchathon 1 Fax: +/(0)2/ 7 1 Surawong Road, Kwaeng Suriyawongse sales.vstt@vstt.vossloh-schwabe.com Khet Bangrak, Bangkok 00, Thailand Tunisia Rue de l'énergie, BP. 299 Phone: +21/71/8 900 Vossloh-Schwabe Tunisie S.A. Zone Industrielle de Ben Arous 201 Fax: +21/71/8 990 Tunis, Tunisia hatem.benyahmed@vstu.com.tn USA, Canada, Mexico 2 Century Blvd. Phone: +1/1/1-0 Universal Lighting Technologies Nashville, TN 721-8, USA Fax: +1/1/1-20 oem_sales@unvlt.com 222

223 Distributors Distributors Address Phone / Fax / Belarus -907A, Nekrasova str. Phone: +7 (17) OOO 'Avilyuks' BY Minsk, Belarus alecsey@lux.by Belgium Golden Hope Straat b Phone: +2/2/ Huppertz NV-SA 120 Drogenbos, Belgium Fax: +2/2/ 0 info@huppertz.be Bulgaria Vasil Levski Street, No 20 Phone: +9/(0)18/ 909 HIT Ltd. 19 Parvomaitsi, Bulgaria Fax: +9/(0)18/ 929 m.zelenkov@hitlighting.com Denmark Syv Holmevej Phone: +/18/ Scanlouvers A/S 10 Viby Sj., Denmark Fax: +/18/7 12 sales@scanlouvers.dk Egypt, Al Gomhoria St. Phone: +202/2/ Egyptian German Electrical Supplies Comp. Azbakia, Cairo, Egypt Fax: +202/2/ Germany An der Wachsfabrik a Phone: +9/(0)22/9 Arnold Houben GmbH 099 Cologne, Germany Fax: +9/(0)22/9 19 Distributor für den Elektro-Großhandel info@houben.eu Finland Timmermalmintie 21 A Phone: +8 (0)982 Artisan Rinaldo AB Ltd Vantaa, Finland Fax: +8 (0)9818 rinaldo@artisan-rinaldo.fi Iran 11 Amol Road Phone: +98/111/ Sepehr Afrooz Saba Trading, Inc. Babol, Iran Fax: +98/111/ info@sasti.net Jordan Salah Ad-deen Str. 1, 182 Phone: +92// Hassan Minwer Est. P.O. Box 1821 Fax: +92// 7 Jabal Al-Hussein Amman, Jordan minwerlight@index.com.jo Netherlands Amperestraat 2-28 Phone: +1/(0) Hemmink BV 801 PV Zwolle Fax: +1/(0) Netherlands info@hemmink.nl Norway Sagmyra 2 A Phone: +7/8/00 Lyskomponenter AS 2 KristiansandBal, Norway Fax: +7/2/0128 firmapost@lyskomponenter.no Portugal Empreendimento Urbiportral, Armazém Phone: +1/21/ Vabeldi-Comercio de Iluminação, Lda. Zona Industrial da Abrunheira Fax: +1/21/ Sintra, Portugal vabeldi@vabeldi.pt Romania Budila str., 12, ap. B, Sector 2 Mobile: +0/ Patrascoiu Consulting SRL 0209 Bucharest, Romania Phone/Fax: +0/21/77 silviu.patrascoiu@patrascoiu-consulting.ro Russia 87, Dmitrovskoje schosse Phone: +7 (0)9/7700 JSC 'LAINER' Moscow, Russia sekretar.info@zaolainer.ru OOO Svetotekhnika 19 Moskovskij prospekt Phone: Kaliningrad Region 2001 Kaliningrad, Russia office@st9.ru OOO 'Market Union' /, Dokukina str. Phone: LED Products Moscow, Russia info@lamps.ru Saudi Arabia P.O. Box 200 Phone: +9/1/ Ultra Light 111 Riyadh, Saudi Arabia Fax: +9/1/ ultralight@ultra-light.net Sweden Hamragårdsvägen 7 Phone: +/(0)1/ Candelux AB 91 Åsa, Sweden Fax: +/(0)1/ info@candelux.se Switzerland, Liechtenstein Weidstrasse 1 Phone: +1/71/2 2 2 Max Hauri AG 9220 Bischofszell, Switzerland Fax: +1/71/ info@maxhauri.ch Ukraine BZ 'Afina' Phone: PP Elektrosila COM /, Grecheskaya Pl., off. el-power-kiev@voliacable.com UA 02 Odessa, Ukraine United Arab Emirates P.O. Box 1790 Phone: +971// VS-Gulf FZCO Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai, U.A.E. Fax: +971// sales@vsgulf.com 22

224 Whenever an electric light goes on around the world, Vossloh-Schwabe is likely to have made a key contribution to ensuring that everything works at the flick of a switch. Headquartered in Germany, Vossloh- Schwabe has been a member of the global Panasonic group since 2002 and counts as a technology leader within the lighting sector. Top-quality, highperformance products form the basis of the company's success. Vossloh-Schwabe's extensive product portfolio covers all lighting components: LED systems with matching control gear units and state-of-the-art control systems (LiCS) as well as electronic and magnetic ballasts and lampholders. Vossloh-Schwabe Deutschland GmbH Hohe Steinert Lüdenscheid Germany Telefon +9/2 1/ Fax +9/2 1/ All rights reserved Vossloh-Schwabe Photos: istockphoto.com; shutterstock.com Specifications are subject to change without notice Innovative Systems EN 09/201